Expansion Joints Rubber - en

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 122

WILLBRANDT

The Expansion Joint


Catalogue | Rubber
Product Descriptions
Technical Data
Installation Instructions
WILLBRANDT Gummitechnik is specialised in Information about this publication
shock and vibration isolation systems for decades The contents of this publication are the result of
and is recognised as an efficient problem solver extensive development and application experience.
and reliable partner in many areas of industry All information and instructions are provided to the
throughout the world. best of our knowledge; they do not constitute a
guarantee with respect to characteristics and do
Some of the reasons for the exceptional reputation not exempt the user from testing the suitability of
of WILLBRANDT Gummitechnik are quick and products or from ensuring that the industrial proper-
prompt delivery from a fully stocked warehouse, ty rights of third parties are not violated. No liability
professional on-site advice, application-orientated whatsoever shall be accepted for damage arising
solutions from a team of experienced engineers, from advice given in this publication regardless of
proprietary developments and patents, and a mod- its nature or legal basis. We reserve the right to
ern testing laboratory. make technical modifications to the products.

WILLBRANDT KG
WILLBRANDT Expansion Joints

Expansion joints are used in pipelines, on armatures and on pumps to Our qualified engineers design a suitable expansion joint according to
compensate: your technical data. A wide range of different types are carried in stock.
Special types can be manufactured at short notice.
 thermal expansion
 mechanical vibrations A tight network of sales partners worldwide ensures that competent
 acoustic oscillations advice and servicing is provided to our customers over a wide area
 tensions locally.

They are also used: We offer expansion joints for various applications. Nominal sizes from
DN 20 to DN 5000 are available.
 for sound insulation
 as dismantling joints on pipeline armatures In addition to a comprehensive standard range of products, additional
 to assimilate assembly tolerances expansion joints can be manufactured according to customers'
 to seal pipeline wall penetrations specifications - with and without tie rods.

Typical applications are heating systems, water pipes, pipes in power It is also possible to provide expansion joints with special accessories
stations and the chemical industry. Available are various qualities that in order to fully exploit the advantages of the expansion joints for almost
are suitable for specific media (e.g. drinking water, oil, food). all applications.

Contents

Introduction 4

Expansion Joints - Overview 4

Operating Temperature Ranges 8

Expansion Joints - Datasheets 9

Technical Appendix 93

Length Limiters / Tie Rods 93

Supporting Rings 97

Accessories 98

Guide Sleeves / Potential Equalisation 99

Special Designs 100

Planning, Fitting and Maintenance Instructions for Rubber Expansion Joints


with Swivel Flanges or Solid Flanges 101

Pressure Units 121

Rubber Bellow Sealing Profile for Expansion Joints with Swivel Flanges 122

Tolerances in According to the FSA Handbook 122

Flange Connection Dimensions 123

Pressure Loss in Low-Corrugated Bellow Designs 126

Movement Diagram for Combined Movement Absorption (axial and lateral) 127
WILLBRANDT Expansion Joints - Overview

Type 39 DN range 50 - 1000 Type 50 DN range 25 - 500


Overall length (mm) variable PTFE Overall length (mm) 130 - 200
Applications Applications
Industrial plants, Chemical plants
repairs/replacements Page 40 onwards
Page 9 onwards

Type 39 DN range 50 - 500 Type 51 DN range 32 - 600


PTFE Overall length (mm) variable Overall length (mm) 130 - 250

Applications Applications
Chemical plants Chemical plants, plant engineering,
Page 13 onwards pressure pipes (25 bar)
Page 41 onwards

Type 40 DN range 200 - 5000 Type 51 DN range 32 - 300


Overall length (mm) 250 - 800 PTFE Overall length (mm) 130

Applications Applications
Power stations, large-scale plants, Chemical plants, plant engineering,
treatment plants, pipelines pressure pipes (10 bar)
Page 14 onwards Page 46 onwards

Type 42 DN range 50 - 3000 Type 54 DN range 25 - 100


Overall length (mm) 150 - 450 Overall length (mm) 65 - 100

Applications Applications
Paper industry, power stations, Hydraulic systems (SAE flanges)
repairs/replacements up to 100 bar Page 47 onwards
Page 21 onwards

Type 46 DN range 20 - 50 Type 55 DN range 20 - 1000


Overall length (mm) 130 Overall length (mm) 125 - 300

Applications Applications
Building technology, engine Shipbuilding, building technology,
technology water plants, plant engineering,
Page 26 onwards treatment plants
Page 49 onwards

Type 48 DN range 50 - 250 Type 55 DN range 25 - 500


Overall length (mm) 150 - 160 PTFE Overall length (mm) 125 - 250
Applications Applications
Steelworks, plant engineering Chemical plants
Page 28 onwards Page 55 onwards

Type 49 DN range 32 - 500 Type 55 DN range 20 - 300


Overall length (mm) 100 - 110 SO Overall length (mm) 160 - 200

Applications Applications
Building technology, shipbuilding, Shipbuilding, building technology,
plant engineering, weighing water plants, treatment plants
technology, gas plants Page 56 onwards
Page 30 onwards

Type 50 DN range 20 - 1000 Type 56 DN range 50 - 1000


Overall length (mm) 130 - 300 Overall length (mm) 150 - 1000

Applications Applications
Building technology, gas plants, Paper industry, conveyor technology,
plant construction, power stations media containing solids
Page 34 onwards Page 58 onwards

4
WILLBRANDT Expansion Joints - Overview

Type 57 DN range 50 - 300 Type 64 DN range all


Overall length (mm) 250 - 400 Overall length max. 500 mm

Applications Applications
Paper industry, conveyor technology, Duct sealing, building technology,
media containing solids power station construction;
Page 61 onwards low pressure range: max. 0.5 bar
Page 79 onwards

Type 58 DN range 50 - 3000 Type 65 DN range 80 - 5000


Overall length (mm) 200 - 1000 Overall length (mm) variable

Applications Applications
Paper industry, conveyor technology, Wall sealing, ground water sealing
media containing solids Page 81 onwards
Page 64 onwards

Type 59 DN range 350 - 1500 Type 80 DN range 20 - 1200


Overall length (mm) variable Overall length (mm) 45 - 250

Applications Applications
Paper industry, conveyor technology, Chemical plants
media containing solids Page 83 onwards
Page 67 onwards

Type 60 DN range 20 - 200 Type 80 DN range 25 - 600


Overall length (mm) 70 - 90 HD Overall length (mm) 55 - 322

Applications Applications
Building technology, Chemical plants
industrial plants Page 86 onwards
Page 71 onwards

Type 61 DN range 50 - 1500 We will be happy to send you further information on


Overall length (mm) 250 - 730

Applications - Stainless steel expansion joints


Industrial plants, wastewater
technology, engine technology - Stainless steel corrugated hoses
Page 72 onwards - Fabric expansion joints

You can find PDF files at


Type 62 DN range 50 - 600 www.willbrandt.com/Catalogue.
Overall length (mm) variable

Applications
Drainage systems for
bridges, halls, buildings
Page 75 onwards

Type 63 DN range all


Overall length (mm) variable

Applications
Plant engineering, production
based on customer drawings
Page 76 onwards

5
WILLBRANDT Max. Operating Temperature

During continuous operation, the maximum temperatures stipulated in Because the permissible operating pressure falls when the temperature
the table may be exceeded by 10 % in the short term. rises, please pay attention to the pressure/temperature specifications for
the respective expansion joint type.

Type Bellow Rein- Temperature


Colour code Core forcement 80 °C 90 °C 100 °C 110 °C 130 °C 150 °C 200 °C 230 °C

39 40 42 orange blue orange EPDM ht Aramid


39 40 42 red blue red EPDM Aramid
39 40 42 red EPDM Polyamide
39 40 42 yellow grey NBR Polyamide
39 40 42 green CSM Polyamide
39 40 42 lilac blue lilac FPM Aramid
39 40 42 grey CR Polyamide
39 40 42 white grey NBR (beige) Polyamide
39 40 42 - Si Glass fabric

48 red EPDM Polyamide

49 red EPDM Aramid


49 blue IIR Polyamide
49 yellow NBR Polyamide
49 white NBR Polyamide
49 green CSM Polyamide

54 yellow NBR Polyamide

46 50 55 red red EPDM Aramid


46 50 55 red IIR Polyamide
46 50 55 yellow NBR Polyamide
46 50 55 orange NBR Polyamide
46 50 55 white NBR Polyamide
46 50 55 green CSM Polyamide
46 50 55 lilac FPM Polyamide
46 50 55 yellow yellow NBR Steel cord
46 50 55 yellow LT NBR Steel cord
46 50 55 yellow blue yellow HNBR Steel cord
46 50 55 black CR Polyamide

42 51 red blue IIR Aramid


42 51 yellow blue NBR Aramid
42 51 green blue CSM Aramid
42 51 lilac FPM Aramid

56 to 59 61 63 65 orange blue orange EPDM ht Aramid


56 to 59 61 63 65 red blue red EPDM Aramid
56 to 59 61 63 65 red EPDM Polyamide
56 to 59 61 63 65 yellow grey NBR Polyamide
56 to 59 61 63 65 green CSM Polyamide
56 to 59 61 63 65 lilac blue lilac FPM Aramid
56 to 59 61 63 65 grey CR Polyamide
56 to 59 61 63 65 white grey NBR (beige) Polyamide
56 to 59 61 63 65 Si Glass fabric

60 - EPDM -

62 - CR Polyamide

64 rot EPDM Polyamide


64 lilac FPM Glasfabric
64 yellow NBR Polyamide
64 - CR Polyamide

80 PTFE PTFE -

80 HD PTFE PTFE -

8
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 39

DN 50 - DN 1000

Type 39 is a handmade, low-corrugated rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps to achieve very low
flow resistance. It is characterised by its flexible installation length and variety of rubber qualities, which means
that a suitable rubber compound is available for every application (see material descriptions on the following
pages).

Type 39 is used in plant engineering, water technology and wastewater technology , where it is mainly used
in the event of repairs if the existing gap does not correspond to any standard installation length. This avoids
expensive full renovation on the piping system. It absorbs noise and vibrations.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with Vacuum resistance - DN 20 to 50 vacuum-resistant


reinforcement and shaped sealing without additional accessories
bead with core ring, self-sealing - DN 65 to 250 up to -200 mbar
(no additional seals required). Suitable without additional accessories
for accommodating swiveling flanges. - DN 300 to 1000 not vacuum-
resistant without additional
accessories
Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
- DN 65 to 1000 vacuum-resistant with
of galvanized steel, with clearance holes,
vacuum supporting spiral/ring
drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
Other materials and dimensions are
possible. Accessories - Guide sleeves
- Potential equalisation
- Flame-resistant protective covers
Pressure resistance Design according to customer
- Dust and splash protection covers
specification, max. 16 bar operating
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
pressure.
- Segment tie rods
- PTFE lining

Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

9
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 39

Application

Type 39 red (EPDM) Type 39 white-blue-red (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 39 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkaline solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 39 orange-blue-orange (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 39 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 39 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 39 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 39 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 39 red AF, but but with aramid fabric.
Type 39 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 39 red, but with light-coloured internal rubber in food-grade.
Type 39 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 39 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 39 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 39 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 39 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 39 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 39 green (CSM)


Type 39 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
Like Type 39 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
air containing oil.

Type 39 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 39 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 39 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 39 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 39 white-grey (NBR white)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Like Type 39 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
food-grade. Not approved for drinking water!
content of more than 50 %. Temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 39 grey (CR)


Type 39 silicone (Silicone/glass fabric or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good resistance
to radiation. No resistance for steam above 120 °C.
Type 39 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) No resistance to fuels.
Like Type 39 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 39 blue-blue-blue (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 39 blue, but with aramid fabric.

Important
For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellow should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

10
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 39

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction


(for combined movements, see the movement diagram
in the technical appendix), noise and vibration absorption.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via


suitable piping (see f tting instructions in the appendix).

axial - axial +
axial - axial +

lateral ± angular
l ±

Dimensions - Design A
DN Overall length Bellow Flange PN 10*3 Movement absorption Weight*5
BL*1 ØA WF*2 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral*4 angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
50 200 - 500 96 3200 165 125.0 18.0 4 16 86 10 20 15 35 4.1
65 200 - 500 110 5300 185 145.0 18.0 8 16 106 10 20 15 30 5.7
80 200 - 500 122 8500 200 160.0 18.0 8 18 118 15 20 15 30 7.2
100 200 - 500 142 12800 220 180.0 18.0 8 18 138 15 20 15 25 8.3
125 200 - 500 170 18700 250 210.0 18.0 8 18 166 15 20 15 25 10.0
150 200 - 500 196 25900 285 240.0 23.0 8 20 192 15 20 15 20 13.4
200 200 - 500 256 40900 340 295.0 23.0 8 20 252 15 20 15 15 16.7
250 200 - 500 306 59900 395 350.0 23.0 12 20 304 15 20 15 10 21.9
300 200 - 500 352 82200 445 400.0 23.0 12 20 354 15 20 15 10 25.0
350 200 - 500 442 108000 505 460.0 22.0 16 20 412 15 20 15 10 38.8
400 200 - 500 495 137900 565 515.0 26.0 16 25 470 20 25 20 8 38.5
450 200 - 500 545 180100 615 565.0 26.0 20 25 512 20 25 20 8 47.7
500 200 - 500 595 203800 670 620.0 26.0 20 30 570 20 25 20 6 57.2
600 200 - 500 695 328600 780 725.0 30.0 20 30 675 20 25 20 6 75.9
700 200 - 500 832 418300 895 840.0 30.0 24 35 780 20 25 20 5 128.6
750*6 200 - 500 882 475100 927 914.4 34.4 28 35 830 20 25 20 4 154.0
800 200 - 500 932 540700 1015 950.0 33.0 24 40 887 20 25 20 4 163.7
900 200 - 500 1032 670600 1115 1050.0 33.0 28 40 985 20 25 20 4 198.7
1000 200 - 500 1134 823100 1230 1160.0 36.0 28 40 1085 20 25 20 4 236.0

*1 For shorter installation lengths, please refer to types 49, 50 and 55. Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:
*2 WF = effective area - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
*3 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
*4 The greater the installation length, the greater the movement absorption. - up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %
*5 For the shortest installation length.
*6 Dimensions according to ANSI B16.47 Class 150 lbs

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

11
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 39

Length limiters

There is a selection of various length limiters/tie rods to absorb the reaction force and to protect the bellow from overstretching or collapsing:

Design B* Design C* Design E Design M


with tie rods with tie rods/thrust limiters with tie rods and spherical with tie rods/thrust limiters with
washers/conical sockets spherical washers/conical sockets

Design F
with hinge

*Note: for design B and C


the lateral movement absorption is reduced by around 50 %.

Flange dimensions for


designs with tie rods
DN Length Flange PN 10 (example dimensions)
BL B ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
50 200 - 500 255 165 125 18 4 16 86
65 200 - 500 275 185 145 18 8 16 106
80 200 - 500 290 200 160 18 8 18 118
100 200 - 500 310 220 180 18 8 18 138
125 200 - 500 340 250 210 18 8 18 166
150 200 - 500 375 285 240 23 8 20 192 DN 32 - 200 DN 250 - 900
200 200 - 500 440 340 295 23 8 20 252
250 200 - 500 509 395 350 23 12 20 304
300 200 - 500 559 445 400 23 12 20 354
350 200 - 500 619 505 460 22 16 20 412
400 200 - 500 700 565 515 26 16 25 470
450 200 - 500 760 615 565 26 20 25 512
500 200 - 500 810 670 620 26 20 30 570
600 200 - 500 930 780 725 30 20 30 675
700 200 - 500 1045 895 840 30 24 35 780
800 200 - 500 1175 1015 950 33 24 40 887
900 200 - 500 1285 1115 1050 33 28 40 985
1000 200 - 500 1400 1230 1160 36 28 40 1085

DN 1000 DN 50 - 1000 (Design F)

Important For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
information ++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

12
WILLBRANDT Chemical Expansion Joint Type 39 PTFE

DN 50 - DN 500

Type 39 PTFE is a low-corrugated, PTFE-lined rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps to
achieve very low flow resistance. The PTFE lining gives the expansion joint high chemical resistance
or an anti-adhesive poperty.

The PTFE lining can be used for any rubber compound on Type 39. It is however necessary to ensure
that the selected rubber compound achieves the highest possible media resistance, as this is the only
way to achieve optimum service life.

Dimensions - Design A
DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10 Movement absorption
BL ØA WF* ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 
50 200 - 500 96 3200 165 125.0 18.0 4 16 86 15 15 15 15.0
65 200 - 500 110 5300 185 145.0 18.0 8 16 106 15 15 15 15.0
80 200 - 500 122 8500 200 160.0 18.0 8 18 118 15 15 15 15.0
100 200 - 500 142 12800 220 180.0 18.0 8 18 138 15 15 15 10.0
125 200 - 500 170 18700 250 210.0 18.0 8 18 166 15 15 15 10.0
150 200 - 500 196 25900 285 240.0 23.0 8 20 192 15 15 15 10.0
200 200 - 500 256 40900 340 295.0 23.0 8 20 252 15 15 15 6.0
250 200 - 500 306 59900 395 350.0 23.0 12 20 304 15 15 15 6.0
300 200 - 500 352 82200 445 400.0 23.0 12 20 354 15 15 15 6.0
350 200 - 500 442 108000 505 460.0 22.0 16 20 412 15 15 15 4.0
400 200 - 500 495 137900 565 515.0 26.0 16 25 470 15 15 15 4.0
450 200 - 500 545 180100 615 565.0 26.0 20 25 512 15 15 15 4.0
500 200 - 500 595 203800 670 620.0 26.0 20 30 570 15 15 15 4.0

* WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


- up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
- up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Pressure resistance Max. 6 bar operating pressure with polyamide cord


reinforcement, max. 9 bar operating pressure with
aramid or steel cord reinforcement.

Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004

Vacuum resistance Only limited suitability for vacuum operation. A PTFE


vacuum supporting ring, which allows full vacuum for
small nominal diameters, can be used from DN 50.
The PTFE supporting ring can only be used up to
50 °C. DN 350 expansion joints are not suitable
for vacuum operation.

Important
For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information
The bellow should not be painted or insulated. Please note the installation instructions and tolerances as
per the FSA Handbook (page 118) in the technical appendix!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

13
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

DN 200 - DN 5000

Type 40 is a high-corrugated, highly elastic rubber expansion joint. Due to its corrugation it has very low
inherent resistance. It is characterised by its ability to absorb a large amount of movement in any direction.
The type and amount of corrugation, installation length and material strength of this type can all be tailored
to your requirements. There are also a large number of rubber qualities available, which means that you can
select a suitable rubber compound for any application (see the material descriptions on the following pages).

Type 40 is mainly used in large industrial plants and power plants, where it compensates of fsetting and
compression, insulates vibration and absorbs pipe movement.

Bellow design High corrugated rubber bellow with Accessories - Guide sleeves
reinforcement and shaped solid rubber - Potential equalisation
flanges, self-sealing (no additional seals - Flame-resistant protective covers
required). Suitable for backing flanges - Dust and splash protection covers
with a supporting shoulder. - Earth cover / sun protection hoods
- Segment tie rods
- PTFE lining
Flange version Both sides with backing flange made
of galvanized steel with clearance
holes, drilled according to DIN PN 10 Movement absorption Very large axial, lateral and angular
(standard). Other materials and movement absorption possible. Different
dimensions are possible. corrugation geometries and bellow
designs (single- and multi-corrugated)
available.
Pressure resistance Design according to customer
specification, max 40 bar operating
pressure. Approvals/conformity Approved for drinking water,
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform

Vacuum resistance Only vacuum-resistant with a vacuum


supporting ring.

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

14
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

Application

Type 40 red (EPDM) Type 40 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 40 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkaline solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 40 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM H/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 40 red, but with aramid fabric for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 40 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 40 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 40 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 40 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 40 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 40 red, but with light-coloured internal rubber in food-grade.
Type 40 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 40 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 40 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 40 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 40 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 40 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 40 green (CSM)


Type 40 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and
Like Type 40 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
compressor air containing oil.

Type 40 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 40 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 40 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 40 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 40 white-grey (NBR beige)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Like Type 40 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
food-grade. Not approved for drinking water!
content of more than 50 %. Temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 40 grey (CR)


Type 40 silicone (silicone/glass fabric or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C. No resistance to
Type 40 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) fuels.
Like Type 40 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 40 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 40 blue, but with aramid fabric.

Important
For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellow should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

15
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

Vacuum resistance

Type 40 is a rubber expansion joint that is only vacuum-resistant to a small


degree, so a suitable vacuum supporting ring should be used on underpressure.

Standard material: 1.4571

An alternative design with a vulcanised vacuum supporting ring is also available.


Please note that greater stiffness rates must be taken into account and that
the axial and lateral movement will be reduced.

Further information on vacuum supporting spirals/rings can be found


on page 93 of the Technical Appendix.
Expansion joint with supporting ring

Supporting ring versions

Supporting ring with baff e Supporting


ti ring
i with lock/double
ck/do bl lock Vulcanised supporting ring (example)

DN 200 - DN 350 DN 200 - DN 450 / DN 500 - DN 5000 Please take the limited movement into
account.

Flange versions

Type 40 is produced with pressure-


resistant solid rubber f anges. In order to
ensure a tight connection to the pipe/fan,
the counter f ange should be f at and
have no seal. If this is not possible, the
expansion joint f ange can be produced
with a negative recess (see Version 2)
in order to accommodate the raised face
of the counter f ange and ensure a f at
connection.

Alternatively, spacer rings can be used


(Version 3).
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3

Standard version with recess with recess spacer ring


compensation

Basic forms
There is an extensive package of forms with various corrugation profiles available for Type 40.
The following basic forms are available:

DN 200 DN 500 DN 850 DN 1150 DN 1450 DN 1900 DN 2300 DN 2800 DN 3200 DN 4000
DN 250 DN 550 DN 900 DN 1200 DN 1500 DN 1950 DN 2400 DN 2850 DN 3300 DN 4200
DN 300 DN 600 DN 950 DN 1250 DN 1600 DN 2000 DN 2500 DN 2900 DN 3400 DN 4500
DN 350 DN 650 DN 1000 DN 1300 DN 1650 DN 2100 DN 2550 DN 3000 DN 3450 DN 4600
DN 400 DN 700 DN 1050 DN 1350 DN 1700 DN 2200 DN 2600 DN 3100 DN 3600 DN 4800
DN 450 DN 800 DN 1100 DN 1400 DN 1800 DN 2250 DN 2700 DN 3150 DN 3800 DN 5000

16
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via suitable piping
(see f tting instructions in the appendix).
axial +
axial -

lateral ± angular ±

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*4 Movement absorption*5 Weight
BL*1 ØA*2 b WF*3 ØD ØPCD Ød n s axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
200 250 280 10 53066 340 295 22 8 20 20 40 26 11.3 19.0
250 250 330 10 75439 395 350 22 12 20 20 40 26 9.1 22.5
300 250 384 10 104009 445 400 22 12 20 20 40 28 7.6 25.0
350 250 432 10 133249 505 460 22 16 20 20 44 27 6.5 31.5
400 250 484 10 169007 565 515 26 16 20 20 44 27 5.7 39.5
450 250 532 10 197823 615 565 26 20 28 20 44 27 5.1 51.0
500 250 585 10 241800 670 620 26 20 28 20 44 27 4.6 57.5
600 250 685 10 336785 780 725 30 20 28 20 44 27 3.8 72.5
700 250 786 10 448656 895 840 30 24 28 20 44 26 3.3 88.5
800 300 917 13 617614 1015 950 33 24 28 31 53 34 4.4 115.0
900 300 1017 13 764723 1115 1050 33 28 28 31 53 33 3.9 128.0
1000 300 1117 13 927532 1230 1160 36 28 28 31 53 33 3.5 146.0
1100 300 1217 13 1106041 1345 1270 36 32 28 31 53 33 3.2 168.0
1200 300 1317 13 1300250 1455 1380 39 32 28 41 43 32 3.9 196.0
1300 300 1417 13 1510159 1565 1485 42 32 28 31 53 32 2.7 219.0
1400 300 1517 13 1735768 1675 1590 42 36 28 31 53 31 2.5 241.0
1500 300 1617 13 1977077 1795 1705 48 36 28 31 53 31 2.4 261.0
1600 300 1717 13 2234086 1915 1820 48 40 28 31 53 31 2.2 291.0
1700 300 1817 13 2478817 2015 1920 48 44 33 31 53 30 2.1 380.0
1800 300 1917 13 2765656 2115 2020 48 44 33 31 53 30 2.0 401.0
1900 300 2017 13 3068195 2220 2125 48 48 33 31 53 29 1.9 428.0
2000 300 2117 13 3386434 2325 2230 48 48 33 31 53 29 1.8 455.0
2100 350 2255 15 3851387 2440 2335 56 48 33 43 69 38 2.3 505.0
2200 350 2355 15 4206992 2550 2440 56 52 33 43 69 37 2.2 539.0
2400 350 2555 15 4965302 2760 2650 56 56 33 43 69 36 2.1 600.0
2500 350 2655 15 5368007 2860 2750 56 56 33 43 69 36 2.0 624.0
2600 350 2755 15 5786412 2960 2850 56 60 33 43 69 35 1.9 646.0
2800 350 2955 15 6670322 3180 3070 56 64 33 43 69 34 1.8 726.0
3000 350 3155 15 7617032 3405 3290 62 68 33 43 69 33 1.6 807.0
*1 Overall lengths available from 150 mm to 500 mm. - Maximum size: DN 5000.
*2 Outer diameter of corrugation - Movement absorption is for a bellow design with 6 bar
*3 WF = effective area operating pressure.
*4 Other standards/dimensions possible.
*5 Movement absorption be increased by changing the the corrugation and overall length.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see technical appendix on p. 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions in the technical appendix.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

17
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

Other designs

Design E - with tie rods

For absorbing the expansion joint’s reaction force in the direction of expansion
while also absorbing great lateral movement.

The use of PTFE-coated spherical washers and conical sockets reduces the
frictional force considerably during lateral movement. Can be used for vibration
insulation and absorbing lateral movement.

Note: The number of tie rods is calculated corresponding to the available design
data.

Design M - with tie rods/thrust limiters

For absorbing the expansion joint’s reaction force in the direction of expansion
while also absorbing high lateral movement and preventing the bellow from strong
compression. The use of PTFE-coated spherical washers and conical sockets
reduces the frictional force considerably during lateral movement. Can be used
for vibration insulation and absorbing lateral movement.

Note: The number of tie rods is calculated corresponding to the available design
data.

Design F - with hinge

For absorbing angular movement in a single plane while guiding pipes. The hinge
absorb the reaction forces so that the f xed point only needs to absorb the adjusting
movement.

Usually two hinge expansion joints are f tted with an intermediate pipe to achieve
a high level of lateral movement (see the example in the technical appendix).

Multi-corrugated bellow designs

Different corrugation geometries and bellow forms (single and multi-corrugated)


are available, in order to absorb high axial, lateral and angular movement.

Example - double corrugation, Design A -


without tie rods

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
information You can f nd information on this in our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please refer to the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

18
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

Axial stiffness rates* (single-corrugation)


DN Length Stiffness rates (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 1.5 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
200 200 45 79 83 90 108 144 180 216 360 576
250 200 51 88 95 107 127 166 206 246 405 645
300 200 56 98 105 118 139 180 225 269 454 727
350 200 66 117 124 138 164 216 266 317 541 866
400 250 40 70 75 83 99 131 161 190 322 513
450 250 48 85 91 102 119 152 193 235 389 626
500 250 55 99 105 118 135 171 218 265 457 743
600 250 68 119 125 136 163 218 272 326 544 870
700 250 70 121 130 147 174 228 283 338 557 886
750 250 72 126 134 151 178 232 289 346 583 935
800 250 73 129 137 153 182 239 295 350 599 958
850 250 80 141 149 166 198 262 321 380 644 1026
900 300 95 169 180 202 235 300 383 466 770 1239
1000 300 136 245 260 291 335 422 539 656 1129 1836
1050 350 132 251 264 290 352 475 592 710 1171 1867
1100 350 173 328 345 380 461 622 775 929 1534 2445
1200 350 188 360 381 422 511 688 845 1002 1677 2666
1300 350 204 386 405 443 546 751 924 1096 1827 2902
1400 350 220 415 436 477 588 809 995 1180 1967 3126
1500 350 236 455 484 542 652 871 1083 1295 2120 3368
1600 350 310 597 626 685 836 1138 1403 1668 2821 4504
1700 350 374 721 754 818 1018 1416 1726 2036 3438 5459
1800 350 452 873 912 990 1231 1714 2089 2464 4160 6606
2000 350 690 1339 1408 1546 1868 2512 3171 3830 6314 10115
2100 350 791 1523 1609 1780 2134 2841 3636 4431 7288 11735
2200 350 910 1747 1841 2029 2475 3367 4168 4969 8099 12831
2400 350 1050 1995 2118 2363 2846 3812 4751 5691 9450 15089
2500 400 1210 2142 2275 2541 3013 3957 4882 5808 9922 15887
2600 400 1290 2270 2408 2683 3199 4231 5179 6128 10385 16538
2800 400 1420 2528 2693 3025 3512 4487 5723 6958 11502 18517
Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due
Lateral stiffness rates* (single-corrugation) to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.
DN Length Stiffness rates (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 1.5 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
200 200 200 330 342 366 387 428 484 540 616 804
250 200 220 370 382 407 430 475 540 605 686 898
300 200 250 425 440 470 495 545 620 695 783 1020
350 200 280 482 497 529 556 610 696 781 882 1154
400 250 180 315 326 347 365 400 456 513 576 752
450 250 190 338 349 371 387 420 478 536 604 789
500 250 200 330 342 366 387 428 484 540 616 804
600 250 235 388 402 430 454 503 569 635 724 945
700 250 310 521 538 574 606 670 761 853 967 1265
750 250 310 527 546 583 614 676 769 862 970 1265
800 250 340 585 604 643 675 741 845 949 1071 1401
850 250 340 595 615 656 689 755 862 969 1088 1421
900 300 360 641 661 702 733 796 905 1015 1145 1494
1000 300 380 673 698 749 818 956 1020 1083 1216 1539
1050 350 390 605 628 675 746 889 971 1053 1201 1513
1100 350 395 612 636 683 756 901 984 1067 1217 1533
1200 350 440 724 744 783 864 1025 1111 1197 1390 1756
1300 350 460 724 763 842 923 1086 1180 1274 1463 1840
1400 350 480 724 775 878 963 1133 1231 1330 1526 1920
1500 350 530 885 924 1002 1088 1261 1370 1479 1707 2152
1600 350 645 1109 1152 1238 1342 1548 1683 1819 2090 2632
1700 350 710 1299 1330 1392 1508 1740 1885 2031 2308 2876
1800 350 445 814 834 872 945 1090 1181 1273 1446 1802
2000 350 890 1682 1727 1816 1952 2225 2394 2563 2919 3613
2100 350 886 1692 1745 1852 2002 2304 2450 2596 2835 3367
2200 350 1050 2016 2086 2226 2464 2940 3045 3150 3465 3990
2400 350 1360 2638 2802 3128 3400 3944 4114 4284 4529 5114
2500 400 1680 2856 2957 3158 3326 3662 4166 4670 5258 6854
2600 400 2035 3500 3616 3846 4043 4436 5057 5678 6410 8384
2800 400 2760 4830 4996 5327 5594 6127 6997 7866 8832 11537
* Example values, depending on bellows structure
19
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 40

Angular stiffness torque* (single-corrugation)


DN Length Stiffness torque (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 1.5 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/°
200 200 6 10 11 12 14 18 23 28 46 74
250 200 10 16 18 20 24 31 38 46 76 120
300 200 15 25 27 30 36 47 58 70 117 188
350 200 22 39 42 47 55 73 90 107 183 293
400 250 17 30 32 36 43 57 69 82 139 221
450 250 26 45 48 54 63 81 103 125 207 333
500 250 36 64 68 76 88 110 141 172 296 481
600 250 62 108 113 123 148 198 247 296 494 790
700 250 85 147 157 179 211 276 343 410 675 1074
750 250 99 174 186 209 246 320 399 478 805 1290
800 250 118 209 222 248 294 386 476 567 968 1550
850 250 145 255 270 301 359 475 582 688 1166 1857
900 300 191 341 363 408 473 605 771 938 1551 2496
1000 300 334 601 639 715 822 1036 1323 1610 2773 4510
1050 350 355 675 710 781 947 1279 1595 1911 3154 5029
1100 350 508 965 1016 1117 1354 1828 2281 2733 4510 7192
1200 350 654 1248 1320 1464 1771 2386 2932 3477 5817 9249
1300 350 825 1559 1636 1790 2205 3036 3733 4430 7383 11730
1400 350 1024 1935 2030 2221 2737 3767 4632 5497 9162 14557
1500 350 1252 2416 2571 2880 3464 4633 5759 6886 11269 17905
1600 350 1866 3592 3769 4124 5032 6849 8444 10040 16981 27114
1700 350 2528 4880 5099 5537 6885 9582 11681 13779 23260 36938
1800 350 3417 6594 6890 7483 9305 12950 15785 18621 31434 49919
2000 350 6395 12406 13046 14325 17309 23277 29385 35492 58513 93749
2100 350 8062 15520 16394 18141 21742 28944 37047 45150 74256 119567
2200 350 10150 19488 20537 22635 27608 37556 46488 55420 90336 143117
2400 350 13875 26363 27982 31219 37602 50367 62786 75204 124878 199388
2500 400 17315 30648 32553 36362 43116 56622 69868 83114 141987 227352
2600 400 19930 35077 37203 41455 49427 65371 80019 94668 160437 255504
2800 400 25360 45141 48100 54017 62724 80138 102202 124265 205418 330698
* Example values, depending on bellows structure Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness torque may occur due
to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

20
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 42

DN 50 - DN 3000

Type 42 is a handmade, high-corrugated rubber expansion joint. Its high corrugation helps to achieve
very low inherent resistance. It is characterised by its flexible installation length and variety of rubber
qualities, which means that a suitable rubber compound is available for every application (see material
descriptions). The expansion joint can also be produced in high-pressure versions up to 100 bar .

Type 42 is used in plant engineering, water technology and wastewater technology , where it is mainly
used in the event of repairs if the existing gap does not correspond to any standard installation length.
This avoids expensive full renovation on the piping system. It absorbs noise, vibration and pipe
movement.

Bellow design High corrugated rubber bellow with Pressure resistance Design according to customer
reinforcement and pressure-resistant specification, max 100 bar operating
shaped solid rubber flanges, self- pressure.
sealing (no additional seals required).
Suitable for backing flanges or
Vacuum resistance Only vacuum-resistant with a vacuum
vulcanised steel flanges (for high-
supporting ring. Also available as a
pressure applications).
special version with a vulcanised
vacuum supporting ring on the
Flange version Both sides with backing or vulcanised corrugation foot.
flange made of galvanized steel with
clearance holes, drilled according to
Accessories - Guide sleeves
DIN PN 10 (standard). Other materials
- Potential equalisation
and dimensions are possible.
- Flame-resistant protective covers
- Dust and splash protection covers
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
- Segment tie rods

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellow should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs.++++

21
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 42

Application

Type 42 red (EPDM) Type 42 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 42 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkaline solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 42 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 42 red AF, with aramid fabric.

Type 42 blue (EPDM TW)


Type 42 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 42 red, but approved for drinking water .
Like Type 42 green, but with aramid fabric.

Type 42 white-red (EPDM beige)


Type 42 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
Like Type 42 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Like Type 42 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 42 red AF (EPDM AF)


Type 42 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
Like Type 42 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Like Type 42 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
compound.

Type 42 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 42 green (CSM)
Like Type 42 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
air containing oil.
Type 42 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 42 yellow-grey (NBR)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
content of more than 50 %. Temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 42 white-grey (NBR beige)


Type 42 silicone (silicone/glass fabric or aramid)
Like Type 42 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
food-grade. Not approved for drinking water!
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
Type 42 grey (CR) resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C.
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling No resistance to fuels.
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
compressed air containing oil.
Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Type 42 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid)
Like Type 42 red, but with aramid fabric.

Type 42 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)


Like Type 42 blue, but with aramid fabric.

Type 42 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


Like Type 42 white-red, but with aramid fabric.

Type 42 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)


Like Type 42 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.

22
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 42

Versions

Type 42 is produced with pressure-resistant solid rubber f anges. In order to ensure a tight connection to the pipe/fan, the counter f ange should
be f at and have no raised face. If this is not possible, the expansion joint f ange can be produced with a negative recess (see Versions 2 and 4)
in order to accommodate the raised face of the counter f ange and ensure a f at connection.

Alternatively, spacer rings can be used.

Version 1 Version 2 Version 3

Both sides with pressure-resistant Both sides with pressure-resistant Both sides with pressure-resistant
solid rubber f anges for f at counter solid rubber f anges and negative solid rubber f anges and vulcanised
f anges. recess for counter f anges with supporting rings at the corrugation
raised face. foot.

Version 4 Version 5

Both sides with pressure-resistant solid Both sides with pressure-resistant solid
rubber f anges and negative recess for rubber f anges, vulcanised corrugated
counter f anges with raised face and supporting rings at the corrugation foot
vulcanised supporting rings at the and f lled corrugation.
corrugation foot.

23
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 42

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via suitable


piping (see f tting instructions in the appendix).

(Example illustration - Version 3)

Dimensions for Design A


DN Overall length Bellow Flange PN 10*3 Movement absorption*4
BL*1 ØA b WF*2 ØD ØPCD Ød n s axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 
50 200 110 10 6360 165 125 18 4 20 10 20 15 10.0
65 200 125 10 8650 185 145 18 8 20 10 20 15 10.0
80 200 140 10 11300 200 160 18 8 20 10 20 15 10.0
100 200 160 10 15400 220 180 18 8 20 14 34 15 15.6
125 200 185 10 21370 250 210 18 8 20 10 34 15 12.6
150 200 210 10 28830 285 240 22 8 20 10 34 15 10.6
200 250 280 10 53066 340 295 22 8 25 20 34 26 8.0
250 250 330 10 75439 395 350 22 12 25 20 34 26 6.4
300 250 384 10 104009 445 400 22 12 25 20 34 28 5.3
350 250 432 10 133249 505 460 22 16 25 20 34 27 4.6
400 250 484 13 169007 565 515 26 16 25 20 34 27 4.0
450 250 532 13 197823 615 565 26 20 30 20 34 27 3.6
500 250 585 13 241800 670 620 26 20 30 20 34 27 3.2
600 250 685 13 336785 780 725 30 20 30 20 34 27 2.9
700 250 786 13 448656 895 840 30 24 30 20 34 26 2.7
800 300 917 13 617614 1015 950 33 24 30 22 41 34 3.1
900 300 1017 13 764723 1115 1050 33 28 30 22 41 33 2.8
1000 300 1117 13 927532 1230 1160 36 28 30 22 41 33 2.5
1100 300 1217 13 1106041 1345 1270 36 32 30 22 41 33 2.3
1200 300 1317 13 1300250 1455 1380 39 32 30 22 41 32 2.1
1300 300 1417 13 1510159 1565 1485 42 32 30 22 41 32 1.9
1400 300 1517 13 1735768 1675 1590 42 36 30 22 41 31 1.8
1500 300 1617 13 1977077 1795 1705 48 36 30 22 41 31 1.7
1600 300 1717 13 2234086 1915 1820 48 40 30 22 41 31 1.6
1700 300 1817 13 2478817 2015 1920 48 44 35 22 41 30 1.5
1800 300 1917 13 2765656 2115 2020 48 44 35 22 41 30 1.4
1900 300 2017 13 3068195 2220 2125 48 48 35 22 41 29 1.3
2000 300 2117 13 3386434 2325 2230 48 48 35 22 41 29 1.3
2100 350 2255 13 3851387 2440 2335 56 48 35 24 47 38 1.4
2200 350 2355 13 4206992 2550 2440 56 52 35 24 47 37 1.3
2400 350 2555 13 4965302 2760 2650 56 56 35 24 47 36 1.1
2500 350 2655 13 5368007 2860 2750 56 56 35 24 47 36 1.1
2600 350 2755 13 5786412 2960 2850 56 60 35 24 47 35 1.1
2800 350 2955 13 6670322 3180 3070 56 64 35 24 47 34 1.0
3000 350 3155 13 7617032 3405 3290 62 68 35 24 47 33 0.9
*1 Overall lengths available from 150 mm to 450 mm. - Maximum size: DN 3000.
*2 WF = effective area - Movement absorption is for a bellow design with 6 bar
*3 Other standards/dimensions possible. operating pressure.
*4 Movement absorption be increased by changing the the corrugation and overall length.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (page 118)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and desings. ++++

24
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 42

Design E - with tie rods

For absorbing the expansion joint’s reaction force in the direction of


expansion while also absorbing high lateral movement.

The use of PTFE-coated spherical washers and conical sockets reduces


the frictional force considerably during lateral movement. Can be used
for vibration insulation and absorbing lateral movement.

Note: The number of tie rods is calculated from the available design data.

Design M - with tie rods/thrust limiters

For absorbing the expansion joint’s reaction force in the direction of


expansion while also absorbing high lateral movement and preventing
the bellow from strong compression. The use of PTFE-coated spherical
washers and conical sockets reduces the frictional force considerably during
lateral movement. Can be used for vibration insulation and absorbing lateral
movement. This design can also be used without spherical washers and
conical sockets for dismantling (Design T).

Note: The number of tie rods is calculated from the available design data.

Design A - without tie rods, with f lled corrugation

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via suitable piping
(see f tting instructions in the appendix).

Note: Limited movement absorption

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
information For more information please refer to our installation instructions. For information on the tie rods,
please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

25
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 46

DN 20 (3/4") to DN 50 (2")

Type 46 is a low-corrugated rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps


to achieve very low flow resistance. It is also characterised by its considerable
axial movement absorption and variety of rubber qualities, which means that
a suitable rubber compound is available for every application (see material
descriptions).

Type 46 is used in building technology, plant engineering, water management,


engine construction and in solar and wind plant engineering, where it is
specifically used to absorb expansion and vibration and to insulate noise.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with Vacuum resistance Can be used for full vacuums without
reinforcement and shaped sealing bead additional measures.
with core ring, self-sealing (no additional
seals required). Suitable for 3-piece
Accessories - Flame-resistant protective covers
screw connection.
- Dust and splash protection covers

Screw connection Galvanized steel with female or male


Approvals/Conformity Similar to DIN 4809 / TÜV approved,
threads according to DIN EN 10226.
approved for drinking water,
Other standards and materials are
FDA and EG 1935/2004 confirm
possible.

Specifications for DN 20 - DN 50
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour Colour Core Rein- Cover Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
red Sp EPDM PEEK EPDM -40 10 70 16 100 10 130 8 150 4 x 103 4 x 103
red IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
red EPDM EPDM Polyamide EPDM -30 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 - -
yellow NBR Polyamide CR -20 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 1 x 103
white NBR Polyamide CR -20 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 7 x 109 1 x 103
green CSM Polyamide CSM -20 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 110 7 x 109 7 x 109
black EPDM IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 10 50 10 70 8 90 6 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
black CR CR Polyamide CR -25 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 7 x 109 5 x 1010
yellow LT LT NBR LT Polyamide CR -40 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 1 x 104 1 x 103
yellow St NBR Steel cord CR -20 10 60 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 5 x 1010
yellow HNBR HNBR Steel cord CR -35 10 60 16 70 12 100 10 120 1,5 x 105 5 x 1010

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
The bellow must be installed torsion-free and should not be painted or insulated.
Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

26
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 46

Application

Type 46 red Sp Type 46 black CR


For heating installations according to DIN 4809. For many years of For hot and cold water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water,
operation under constant loading with hot water and heating water at wastewater, cooling water with anti-corrosive products containing oil,
100 °C/110 °C at 10 bar/6 bar operating pressure. Electrically conduc- oil mixtures and compressed air containing oil. Electrically insulating.
tive surface. Not suitable for media with additives containing oil.

Type 46 yellow LT
Type 46 red Like Type 46 yellow. Also for liquid gas. Electrically dissipative.
For drinking water, hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
Type 46 lilac
alkali solutions. Electrically dissipative inner surface and electrically
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. Good resistance
conductive outer surface. Not suitable for oil products or cooling water
to benzene, xylene, toluene, fuels with an aromatic content of more
with additives containing oil.
than 50 %, aromatic/chlorinated hydrocarbons and mineral acids.
Electrically insulating inner surface, electrically conductive outer
Type 46 red EPDM surface.
Like Type 46 red, but not for drinking water, shipbuilding and offshore
applications. Temperature range max. 90 °C at 10 bar.
Type 46 yellow St
Like Type 46 yellow with additional flame-resistance for up to 30
Type 46 yellow minutes at 800 °C. Electrically conductive inner surface, electrically
For oils, lubricants, fuels, gases, city and natural gas (not liquefied) insulating outer surface.
and DIN EN fuels with an aromatic content up to 50 %.
Electrically conductive.
Type 46 yellow HNBR
Like Type 46 yellow St, but for temperatures up to +100 °C.
Type 46 white Electrically dissipative inner surface, electrically insulating outer
For foodstuffs containing oil and fat rubber in food-grade. Electrically surface.
insulating inner surface and electrically conductive outer surface. Not
suitable for drinking water.
Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Type 46 green
For chemicals, aggressive chemical wastewater and compressor air
containing oil. Electrically insulating.

Type 46 black EPDM


For drinking water, sea water, cooling water, weak acids and
alkali solutions, technical alcohols, esters and ketones. Electrically
dissipative inner surface and electrically conductive outer surface.
Max. pressure 10 bar.

Dimensions - polyamide reinforcement


DN Length Bellow Total length Wrench size Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF* R / RP GL1 GL2 AF1 AF2 AF3 axial axial lateral angular Design Design
+ - + ± 1 2
mm mm mm2 Inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg kg
20 130 81 1700 3/4 214 190 36 80 54 15 30 10 30 2.3 2.5
25 130 81 1700 1 214 182 40 80 54 15 30 10 30 2.4 2.4
32 130 81 1700 1 1/4 240 190 48 80 54 15 30 10 30 2.6 2.1
40 130 86 1800 1 1/2 250 198 53 90 74 15 30 10 30 2.9 2.6
50 130 96 3200 2 260 198 66 110 90 15 30 10 30 4.4 3.9

* WF = effective area Note: Reduced expansion for steel cord reinforcement (Type 46 yellow ST and yellow HNBR). Weighs slightly more.

27
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 48

DN 50 - DN 250

Type 48 is a high-corrugated rubber expansion joint. Its high corrugation means


that it has very low inherent resistance. It reduces up to 90 % incoming energy .
It continues to be characterised by its considerably movement absorption in
all directions.

Type 48 is primarily used in industrial applications to absorb expansion and


vibration.

Bellow design High-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Accessories - Guide sleeves
forcement and shaped sealing bead, self- - Potential equalisation
sealing (no additional seals required). - Flame-resistant protective covers
Suitable for swiveling flanges. - Dust and splash protection covers
- Segment tie rods

Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made


of galvanized steel, with clearance holes, Vacuum resistance Can be used up to -200 mbar without
drilled according to DIN PN 10 additional measures, full vacuum
(standard). Other materials and possible with vacuum supporting
dimensions are possible. spiral/ring.

Approvals There are no approvals available.

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforcement Cover Short-term Surface
code marking (inner) (outer) resistance Ro
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm
red EPDM Sp. Cord EPDM 50 16 70 10 100 6 110 7 x 104

Bursting pressure DN 50 - 250 > 48 bar

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

28
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 48

Application

Type 48 red Note!


For hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical additives for Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak alkali solutions.
Very good resistance to steam, excellent resistance to swelling and
chemicals (diluted acids, alkalis, acetone and alcohol). Not suitable
for oil products or cooling water with additives containing oil.

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction


(for combined movements, see the movement diagram
in the technical appendix), noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via


suitable piping.

Dimensions
DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
50 150 133 11900 165 125 18 4 16 96 25 25 20 30 5.4
65 150 147 14700 185 145 18 8 16 116 25 25 20 30 6.7
80 150 167 19400 200 160 18 8 18 133 25 25 20 30 7.5
100 155 197 27500 220 180 18 8 18 153 40 30 25 30 8.9
150 155 248 44500 285 240 23 8 20 203 45 35 25 20 15.9
200 160 292 62400 340 295 23 8 20 261 45 35 25 20 20.7
250 160 340 85500 395 350 23 12 20 310 45 35 25 20 27.8

*1 WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


*2 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
- up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
information For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

29
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 49

DN 32 - DN 500

Type 49 is a high-corrugated, highly elastic rubber expansion joint. Its high corrugation
means that it has very low inherent resistance. It reduces up to 98 % of structure-borne
noise. It is also characterised by very high movement absorption for a short installation
length and variety of rubber qualities, which means that a suitable rubber compound is
available for every application (see material descriptions).

Type 49 is primarily used in building technology, where it is used to absorb expansion,


vibration and to insulate sound. It is also used in industrial applications, particularly in
the field of weighing technology. Its very low inherent resistance makes it very suitable
for decoupling scales / load cells.

Bellow design High-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
forcement and shaped sealing bead with of galvanized steel with threaded holes,
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
required). Suitable for swiveling flanges. Other materials and dimensions are
possible.

Vacuum resistance Can be used up to -200 mbar without


additional accories, full vacuum possible Approvals/Conformity Similar to DIN 4809 / TÜV approved,
with vacuum supporting spiral/ring. drinking water and shipbuilding approval,
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform

Specifications for DN 32 - DN 500


Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour Colour Core Rein- Cover Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
A-red EPDM PEEK EPDM -40 16 70 25 100 18 130 12 150 4 x 103 4 x 103
blue IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 16 50 25 70 18 100 12 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
yellow NBR Polyamide CR -20 16 50 25 70 18 90 12 100 2 x 102 1 x 103
white NBR Polyamide CR -20 16 50 25 70 18 90 12 100 7 x 109 1 x 103
green CSM Polyamide CSM -20 16 50 25 70 18 100 12 110 7 x 109 7 x 109
black EPDM* IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 10 50 10 70 8 90 6 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
*black EPDM max. DN 200 Bursting pressure: 75 bar
black EPDM 30 bar

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

30
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 49

Application

Type 49 A-red Type 49 white


For heating installations according to DIN 4809. For many For foodstuffs containing oil and fat (rubber in food-grade).
years of operation under constant loading with hot water and heating Electrically insulating inner surface, electrically conductive outer
water at 100 °C/110 °C at 10 bar/6 bar operating pressure. Electrically surface. Not suitable for drinking water.
conductive surface. Not suitable for media with additives containing oil.

Type 49 green
Type 49 blue For chemicals, aggressive chemical wastewater and compressor
For drinking water, hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical air containing oil. Electrically insulating sufrace.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkaline solutions. Not suitable for oil products or cooling water with
Type 49 black EPDM
additives containing oil. Electrially dissipative inner surface and
For hot and cold water, sea water, cooling water, weak acids and
electrically conductive outer surface.
alkali solutions, technical alcohols, esters and ketones. Electrically
dissipative inner surface, conductive outer surface.
Type 49 yellow Max. pressure 10 bar.
For oils, lubricants, fuels, gases, city and natural gas (not liquefied).
Electrically conductive surface.
Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction


(for combined movements, see the movement diagram
in the technical appendix), noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via


suitable piping.

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD M n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
32 100 110 1800 140 100 M16 4 16 79 20 30 30 7 3.0
40 100 110 1800 150 110 M16 4 16 79 20 30 30 7 3.6
50 100 120 3500 165 125 M16 4 16 89 20 30 30 7 4.4
65 100 135 5600 185 145 M16 8 16 104 20 30 30 7 5.3
80 100 150 8700 200 160 M16 8 18 119 20 30 30 7 6.5
100 100 170 13000 220 180 M16 8 18 142 20 30 30 7 7.3
125 100 195 19000 250 210 M16 8 18 169 20 30 30 7 8.9
150 100 260 26300 285 240 M20 8 20 195 20 30 30 7 12.3
200 100 310 41600 340 295 M20 8 20 245 20 30 30 7 16.2
250 100 360 60700 395 350 M20 12 20 295 20 30 30 7 20.3
300 100 410 83000 445 400 M20 12 20 345 20 30 30 7 23.1
350 100 460 110000 505 460 M20 16 20 396 20 30 30 7 30.1
400 110 515 138500 565 515 M24 16 25 450 20 30 30 7 43.2
500 110 615 209100 670 620 M24 20 25 550 20 30 30 7 53.8
*1 WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:
*2 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
- up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

31
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 49

Length limiters

There is a selection of various length limiters / tie rods to absorb the reaction force and to protect the bellow from overstretching or collapsing:

Design B* Design C* Design E Design S


with tie rods with tie rods/thrust limiters with tie rods and spherical with tie rods/thrust limiters and
washers/conical sockets spherical washers/conical sockets

*Note: In Designs B and C the lateral movement absorption is reduced by around 50 %.

Accessories - Vacuum supporting spirals / rings - Flame-resistant protective covers


- Guide sleeves - Dust and splash protection covers
- Potential equalisation - Earth cover hoods

Flange dimensions for designs with


tie rods
DN Length Flange PN 10 (example dimensions)
BL B ØD ØPCD M n s ØC

mm mm mm mm mm mm
32 100 230 140 100 M16 4 16 79
40 100 240 150 110 M16 4 16 79
50 100 255 165 125 M16 4 16 89
65 100 275 185 145 M16 8 16 104
80 100 290 200 160 M16 8 18 119
100 100 310 220 180 M16 8 18 142
125 100 340 250 210 M16 8 18 169
150 100 375 285 240 M20 8 20 195
200 100 440 340 295 M20 8 20 245
250 100 509 395 350 M20 12 20 295
300 100 559 445 400 M20 12 20 345 DN 32 - 200 DN 250 - 500
350 100 619 505 460 M20 16 20 396
400 110 700 565 515 M24 16 25 450
500 110 810 670 620 M24 20 25 550

Important Various bolt packs (SU) are available for the standard design.
information Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your
piping system! For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

32
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 49

Axial stiffness rates


DN Length Stiffness rates (average value form full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 6 bar 10 bar 12 bar 16 bar 25 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
32 100 14 30 56 62 116 180 210 264 390
40 100 14 30 56 62 116 180 210 264 390
50 100 12 30 66 76 142 220 260 332 512
65 100 14 45 87 99 189 286 346 414 621
80 100 33 75 135 150 258 396 460 555 796
100 100 28 80 156 176 320 480 563 684 998
125 100 30 95 186 218 374 580 672 819 1216
150 100 35 68 144 248 320 528 626 792 1192
200 100 42 90 178 204 370 594 702 908 1385
250 100 20 112 224 256 480 768 906 1136 1680
300 100 22 108 236 277 520 854 1019 1338 2071
350 100 28 128 270 310 570 940 1136 1510 2369
400 110 44 140 296 342 646 1052 1296 1660 2587
500 110 46 172 354 416 792 1264 1524 2000 3116
Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Lateral stiffness rates


DN Length Stiffness rates (average value form full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 6 bar 10 bar 12 bar 16 bar 25 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
32 100 11 17 27 30 45 63 68 79 109
40 100 11 17 27 30 45 63 68 79 109
50 100 17 35 47 54 79 107 117 138 191
65 100 21 37 61 61 96 136 150 177 250
80 100 32 56 92 94 144 204 225 266 376
100 100 38 77 112 123 180 243 266 312 430
125 100 45 88 133 150 225 315 348 415 586
150 100 48 80 116 123 188 265 292 347 489
200 100 103 155 221 238 343 473 526 633 894
250 100 126 208 179 308 442 603 659 771 1067
300 100 167 267 337 400 550 750 836 1008 1421
350 100 137 263 385 418 587 833 922 1100 1562
400 110 187 293 423 457 633 900 996 1187 1686
500 110 203 380 536 573 840 1140 1249 1466 2029

Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Angular stiffness torque


DN Length Stiffness torque (averages value from full way)
0 bar 0 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 6 bar 10 bar 12 bar 16 bar 25 bar
mm Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/°
32 100 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.8 1.6 1.7 1.8
40 100 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.8 1.6 1.7 1.8
50 100 0.2 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.9 2.9 2.1 2.3 2.4
65 100 0.3 0.8 1.6 1.8 3.5 5.3 3.5 3.7 3.9
80 100 0.8 1.9 3.4 3.8 6.5 10.0 4.3 4.6 4.9
100 100 1.0 2.9 5.7 6.4 11.6 17.4 8.8 9.5 10.1
125 100 1.6 5.0 9.8 11.4 19.6 30.4 14.0 15.0 16.0
150 100 0.7 5.9 12.5 21.5 27.8 45.9 25.3 27.1 28.9
200 100 5.7 12.1 24.0 27.5 49.9 80.0 51.3 55.0 58.6
250 100 4.0 22.1 44.3 50.6 94.9 151.8 83.5 89.4 95.3
300 100 5.9 28.8 62.9 73.8 138.6 227.6 119.0 127.4 135.8
350 100 9.9 45.1 95.2 109.3 201.0 331.4 209.7 224.5 239.4
400 110 19.7 62.8 132.8 153.5 289.9 472.1 329.3 352.5 375.8
500 110 30.9 115.4 237.5 279.1 531.3 848.0 580.8 624.9 662.9
Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness torque may occur due to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

33
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 50

DN 20 - DN 1000

Type 50 is a low-corrugated, highly elastic rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps
to achieve very low flow resistance. It reduces up to 70 % of the incoming energy . It is also
characterise by very high movement absorption in all directions and variety of rubber qualities,
which means that a suitable rubber compound is available for every application.

Type 50 is used in building technology, plant engineering, water and wastewater technology,
engine construction, shipbuilding and in solar and and wind plant engineering. It especially
used where it is specifically used to absorb expansion and vibration and to insulate sound.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
forcement and shaped sealing bead with of galvanized steel with clearance holes,
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
required). Suitable for accommodating Other materials and dimensions are
swiveling flanges. possible.

Approvals/Conformity Similar to DIN 4809 / TÜV approved,


drinking water and shipbuilding approval,
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform

Specifications for DN 20 - DN 400


Bellow Bellow design up to Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour Colour Core Rein- Cover DN Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
red Sp EPDM PEEK EPDM 400 -40 10 70 16 100 10 130 8 150 4 x 103 4 x 103
red IIR Polyamide EPDM 400 -40 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
red EPDM EPDM Polyamide EPDM 400 -30 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 - - - -
yellow NBR Polyamide CR 400 -20 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 1 x 103
white NBR Polyamide CR 400 -20 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 7 x 109 1 x 103
green CSM Polyamide CSM 400 -20 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 110 7 x 109 7 x 109
orange NBR Polyamide CR 200 -20 10 50 25 70 20 90 15 100 3 x 103 1 x 103
black EPDM* IIR Polyamide EPDM 150 -40 10 50 10 70 8 90 6 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
black CR CR Polyamide CR 400 -25 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 7 x 109 5 x 1010
yellow LT LT NBR-LT Polyamide CR 300 -40 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 1 x 104 4 x 103
yellow St NBR Steel cord CR 400 -20 10 60 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 5 x 1010
yellow HNBR HNBR Steel cord CR 300 -35 10 60 16 70 12 100 10 120 1,5 x 105 - 1010
BR BR/NR Polyester cord BR/NR 300 -50 10 50 16 70 12 - - 90 - - -

Bursting pressure DN 20 - 400 > 48 bar For pressure loss see technical appendix.
* Bursting pressure max. 30 bar, max. DN 150

Specifications for DN 450 - DN 1000


Bellow Bellow design up to Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour Colour Core Rein- Cover DN Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
red Sp EPDM PEEK EPDM 1000 -40 8 70 10 100 7,5 130 6 150 4 x 103 4 x 103
red IIR Polyamide EPDM 1000 -40 8 50 10 70 8 100 6 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
red EPDM EPDM Polyamide EPDM 600 -30 8 50 10 70 8 90 6 100 - - - -
yellow NBR Polyamide CR 1000 -20 8 50 10 70 8 90 6 100 2 x 102 1 x 103
white NBR Polyamide CR 600 -20 8 50 10 70 8 90 6 100 7 x 109 1 x 103
green CSM Polyamide CSM 1000 -20 8 50 10 70 8 100 6 110 7 x 109 7 x 109
black CR CRN Polyamide CR 1000 -25 8 50 10 70 8 90 6 100 7 x 109 5 x 1010
yellow St NBR Steel cord CR 600 -20 8 60 10 70 8 90 6 100 2 x 102 5 x 1010
Bursting pressure DN 450 - 1000 > 30 bar For pressure loss see technical appendix.

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

34
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 50

Vacuum resistance - DN 20 to 50 vacuum-resistant to -300 mbar and with vacuum


without additional accessories supporting spiral for full vacuum
- DN 65 to 250 without additional
accessories to -300 mbar and with
Accessories - Guide sleeves
vacuum supporting spiral for full
- Potential equalisation
vacuum
- Flame-resistant protective covers
- DN 300 to DN 1000 only vacuum-
- Dust and splash protection covers
resistant with vacuum supporting ring
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
- Type 50 black EPDM DN 20 to
- Segment tie rods
DN 40 without additional accessories

Application

Type 50 red Sp Type 50 black EPDM


For heating installations according to DIN 4809. For many years of For drinking water, sea water, cooling water, weak acids and alkali
operation under constant loading with hot water and heating water at solutions, technical alcohols, esters and ketones. Max. pressure
100 °C/110 °C at 10 bar/6 bar operating pressure. Electrically conduc- 10 bar. Electrically dissipative inner surface and electrically conductive
tive surface. Not suitable for media with additives containing oil. outer surface.

Type 50 red Type 50 black CR


For drinking water, hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical For hot and cold water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water,
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak wastewater, cooling water with anti-corrosive products containing oil,
alkaline solutions. Electrically dissipative inner surface and electrically oil mixtures and compressed air containing oil. Electrically insulating.
conductive outer surface. Not suitable for oil products or cooling water
with additives containing oil.
Type 50 yellow LT
Like Type 50 yellow, but also for liquid gas. Electrically dissipative.
Type 50 red EPDM
Like Type 50 red, but not for drinking water, shipbuilding and
Type 50 lilac
offshore applications. Temperature range max. 90 °C at 10 bar.
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. Good resistance
to benzene, xylene, toluene, fuels with an aromatic content of more
Type 50 yellow than 50 %, aromatic/chlorinated hydrocarbons and mineral acids.
For oils, lubricants, fuels, gases, city and natural gas (not liquefied) Electrically insulating inner surface and electrically conductive outer
and DIN EN fuels with an aromatic content up to 50 %. Electrically surface.
conductive.

Type 50 yellow St
Type 50 white Like Type 50 yellow with additional flame-resistance for up to
For foodstuffs containing oil and fat (rubber in food-grade). Not 30 minutes at 800 °C. Electrically conductive inner surface, electrically
approved for drinking water. Electrically insulating inner surface insulating outer surface.
and electrically conductive outer surface.

Type 50 yellow HNBR


Type 50 green Like Type 50 yellow St, but for temperatures up to +100 °C. Electri-
For chemicals, aggressive chemical wastewater and compressor cally dissipative inner surface, electrically insulating outer surface.
air containing oil. Electrically insulating.

Type 50 BR
Type 50 orange Especially for abrasive media such as sludges, dustlike and powdery
Like Type 50 yellow, but also for liquid petroleum gas acc. to media, liquids with solids and emulsions. Also suitable for all kinds
DIN EN 589. Electrically dissipative. of water, as well as various chemicals. Not suitable for oil based
products and cooling water with oily additives. Electrically dissipative.

Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
35
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 50

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via suitable piping.

axial
i l- axial +

lateral ± angular ±

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption Movement absorption Weight
(polyamide cord) (steel cord)
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ± + - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  mm mm mm  kg
20 130 81 1700 105 75 12 4 14 66 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 1.5
25 130 81 1700 115 85 14 4 14 66 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 1.9
32 130 81 1700 140 100 18 4 15 66 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 3.1
40 130 86 1800 150 110 18 4 15 74 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 3.5
50 130 96 3200 165 125 18 4 16 86 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 3.7
65 130 111 5300 185 145 18 8 16 106 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 5.3
80 130 122 8500 200 160 18 8 18 118 30 30 30 30 15 30 15 20 6.8
100 130 142 12800 220 180 18 8 18 138 30 30 30 20 15 30 15 15 7.9
125 130 168 18700 250 210 18 8 18 166 30 30 30 20 15 30 15 15 9.6
150 130 192 25900 285 240 22 8 18 192 30 30 30 20 15 30 15 15 12.9
200 130 252 41000 340 295 22 8 20 252 30 30 30 12 20 15 10 5 16.2
250 130 302 59600 395 350 22 12 20 304 30 30 30 12 20 15 10 5 21.5
300 130 354 82200 445 400 22 12 22 354 30 30 30 12 20 15 10 5 24.5
350 200 420 117600 505 460 22 16 24 412 30 50 30 8 30 30 25 10 38.3
400 200 480 154700 565 515 26 16 25 470 30 50 30 8 30 40 25 5 38.0
450 200 530 204200 615 565 26 20 28 520 30 50 30 8 - - - - 47.2
500 200 580 227900 670 620 26 20 30 570 30 50 30 8 - - - - 56.5
600 200 680 311500 780 725 30 20 30 675 30 50 30 8 - - - - 75.2
700 *3250 800 434200 895 840 30 24 35 780 30 50 30 8 - - - - 127.8
800 250 880 527400 1015 950 33 24 40 887 30 50 30 6 - - - - 161.0
900 300 1038 737900 1115 1050 33 28 40 987 30 50 30 5 - - - - 196.7
1000 300 1138 889400 1230 1160 36 28 40 1087 30 50 30 5 - - - - 234.5

*1 WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


*2 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
*3 Building length 260 mm - up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
information For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

36
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 50

Length limiters

There is a selection of various length limiters / tie rods to absorb the reaction force and to protect the bellow from overstretching or collapsing:

Design B* Design C* Design E Design M


with tie rods with tie rods/thrust limiters with tie rods and spherical with tie rods/thrust limiters
washers/conical sockets and spherical washers/conical sockets

Design F
with hinge

*Note: For Designs B and C


the lateral movement absorption is reduced by around 50 %.

Flange dimensions for Designs


with tie rods
DN Length Flange PN 10 (example dimensions)
BL B ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 130 189 105 75 12 4 14 66
25 130 205 115 85 14 4 14 66
32 130 230 140 100 18 4 15 66
40 130 240 150 110 18 4 15 74
50 130 255 165 125 18 4 16 86
65 130 275 185 145 18 8 16 106
80 130 290 200 160 18 8 18 118 DN 32 - 200 DN 250 - 900
100 130 310 220 180 18 8 18 138
125 130 340 250 210 18 8 18 166
150 130 375 285 240 22 8 18 192
200 130 440 340 295 22 8 20 252
250 130 509 395 350 22 12 20 304
300 130 559 445 400 22 12 22 354
350 200 619 505 460 22 16 24 412
400 200 700 565 515 26 16 25 470
450 200 760 615 565 26 20 30 520
500 200 810 670 620 26 20 30 570
600 200 930 780 725 30 20 30 675
700 *250 1045 895 840 30 24 35 780
800 250 1175 1015 950 33 24 40 887
900 300 1285 1115 1050 33 28 40 987
1000 300 1400 1230 1160 36 28 40 1087 DN 1000 DN 50 - 1000 (Design F)
* Building length 260 mm

37
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 50

Axial stiffness rates


DN Overall length Stiffness rates (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2,5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm
20 130 31 68 128 192 243 270
25 130 31 68 128 192 243 270
32 130 31 68 128 192 243 270
40 130 30 66 124 186 236 261
50 130 25 51 98 134 173 192
65 130 24 53 100 150 190 211
80 130 28 58 104 148 185 205
100 130 35 71 116 206 274 304
125 130 36 71 137 214 282 313
150 130 49 102 189 293 390 433
200 130 100 180 365 568 735 816
250 130 105 207 388 609 778 864
300 130 123 248 448 658 883 980
350 200 105 177 349 567 753 836
400 200 154 261 516 535 1090 1210
450 250 167 320 581 903 1162 1290
500 200 196 376 686 1060 1364 1514
600 200 208 292 692 1123 1441 1600
700 *250 140 198 521 714 954 -
800 250 180 270 594 975 1258 -
900 300 200 380 690 1080 1395 -
1000 300 225 420 742 1248 1568 -
* Building length 260 mm Warning: Deviations (+/- 25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due
to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Lateral stiffness rates


DN Overall length Stiffness rates (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2,5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm Nm/mm
20 130 64 125 184 240 240 300
25 130 64 125 184 240 240 300
32 130 64 125 184 240 240 300
40 130 62 121 178 233 256 291
50 130 50 65 80 105 145 205
65 130 40 78 115 150 165 188
80 130 35 74 136 155 173 200
100 130 55 88 143 168 192 228
125 130 100 200 261 293 383 518
150 130 120 260 309 366 466 616
200 130 323 723 836 949 1219 1624
250 130 379 806 1022 1173 1479 1938
300 130 392 837 1068 1216 1542 2031
350 200 305 610 762 875 1098 1433
400 200 338 642 817 946 1199 1579
450 250 342 639 821 971 1200 1544
500 200 426 818 1048 1204 1495 1932
600 200 456 834 1062 1295 1586 2023
700 *250 516 939 1191 1449 1775 -
800 250 558 960 1055 1557 1758 -
900 300 800 1480 1984 2248 2560 -
1000 300 960 1824 2361 2736 2976 -
* Building length 260 mm Warning: Deviations (+/- 25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due
to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

38
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 50

Angular stiffness torque


DN Overall length Stiffness torque (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2,5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/°
20 130 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 1.9
25 130 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 1.9
32 130 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 1.9
40 130 0.3 0.6 1.1 1.6 2.0 2.3
50 130 0.3 0.6 1.1 1.6 2.0 2.2
65 130 0.4 0.9 1.7 2.5 3.2 3.6
80 130 1.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
100 130 1.0 2.0 4.0 7.0 9.0 10.0
125 130 2.0 3.0 6.0 10.0 13.0 15.0
150 130 3.0 7.0 12.0 19.0 25.0 28.0
200 130 11.0 20.0 41.0 63.0 82.0 91.0
250 130 18.0 35.0 65.0 102.0 130.0 144.0
300 130 29.0 58.0 105.0 154.0 206.0 229.0
350 200 34.0 57.0 113.0 183.0 244.0 270.0
400 200 65.0 110.0 218.0 226.0 460.0 511.0
450 250 87.0 168.0 304.0 473.0 609.0 676.0
500 200 125.0 239.0 436.0 674.0 868.0 963.0
600 200 186.0 261.0 618.0 1004.0 1288.0 1429.0
700 *250 167.0 237.0 861.0 853.0 1140.0 -
800 250 277.0 416.0 914.0 1501.0 1937.0 -
900 300 386.0 733.0 1330.0 2082.0 2689.0 -
1000 300 531.0 991.0 1751.0 2945.0 3700.0 -
* Building length 260 m Warning: Deviations (+/- 25 %) in the stiffness torque may occur due
to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Frictional force
DN Overall length For designs E and M for design F
BL Frictional force frictional moment
mm N/bar Nm/bar
20 130 7 0.2
25 130 7 0.2
32 130 7 0.2
40 130 7 0.2
50 130 12 0.3
65 130 20 0.5
80 130 35 1.0
100 130 51 1.4
125 130 75 2.1
150 130 118 4.4
200 130 167 6.2
250 130 243 11.2
300 130 335 15.4
350 200 120 17.0
400 200 160 22.9
450 250 171 40.5
500 200 266 63.5
600 200 634 138.5
700 *250 662 180.9
800 250 896 326.2
900 250 1105 402.4
1000 250 1357 617.3
* Building length 260 m Warning: Deviations (+/- 25 %) in the frictional force may occur
due to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

39
WILLBRANDT Chemical Expansion Joint Type 50 PTFE

DN 25 - DN 500

Type 50 PTFE is a low-corrugated, PTFE-lined rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps
to achieve very low flow resistance. The PTFE lining gives the expansion joint high chemical
resistance or an anti-adhesive property.

The PTFE lining can be used for any rubber compound on Type 50. It is however necessary
to ensure that the selected rubber compound achieves the highest possible media resistance,
as this is the only way to achieve optimum service life.

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10 Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF* ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
25 130 81 1700 115 85 14 4 14 66 15 15 15 15.0 1.9
32 130 81 1700 140 100 18 4 15 66 15 15 15 15.0 3.1
40 130 86 1800 150 110 18 4 15 74 15 15 15 15.0 3.5
50 130 96 3200 165 125 18 4 16 86 15 15 15 15.0 3.8
65 130 111 5300 185 145 18 8 16 106 15 15 15 15.0 5.4
80 130 122 8500 200 160 18 8 18 118 15 15 15 15.0 6.9
100 130 142 12800 220 180 18 8 18 138 15 15 15 10.0 8.0
125 130 168 18700 250 210 18 8 18 166 15 15 15 10.0 9.7
150 130 192 25900 285 240 22 8 20 192 15 15 15 10.0 13.1
200 130 252 41000 340 295 22 8 20 252 15 15 15 6.0 16.4
250 130 302 59600 395 350 22 12 20 304 15 15 15 6.0 21.7
300 130 354 82200 445 400 22 12 20 354 15 15 15 6.0 24.8
350 200 420 117600 505 460 22 16 24 412 15 15 15 4.0 38.8
400 200 480 154700 565 515 26 16 25 470 15 15 15 4.0 38.6
450 200 530 204200 615 565 26 20 28 520 15 15 15 4.0 49.3
500 200 580 227900 670 620 26 20 30 570 15 15 15 4.0 57.2

* WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


- up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
- up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Pressure resistance Max. 6 bar operating pressure with polyamide cord


reinforcement, max. 9 bar operating pressure with
aramid or steel cord reinforcement.

Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004

Vacuum resistance Only limited suitable for vacuum operation. A PTFE vacuum
supporting ring, which allows full vacuum for small nominal
diameters, can be used from DN 50.
The PTFE supporting ring can only be used up to 50 °C.
DN 25, DN 32, DN 40 and DN 350 expansion joints are not
suitable for vacuum operation.

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

40
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 51

DN 32 - DN 600

Type 51 is a low-corrugated rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps to achieve very
low flow resistance. It reduces up to 70 % incoming energy . It is also characterised by its high
level of pressure resistance. Type 51 is produced in four rubber qualities, which means that
a suitable rubber compound is available for almost every application (see material descriptions
on the following pages).

Type 51 is primarily used in industrial plants to absorb expansion, vibration and to insulate sound.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
forcement and shaped sealing bead with of galvanized steel with clearance holes,
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
required). Suitable for swiveling flanges. Other materials and dimensions are
possible.

Vacuum resistance - DN 32 to 50 vacuum-resistant


without additional accessories Accessories - Guide sleeves
- DN 65 to 250 up to -200 mbar - Potential equalisation
without additional accessories - Flame-resistant protective covers
- DN 300 to 1000 not vacuum- - Dust and splash protection covers
resistant without additional - Earth cover / sun protection hoods
accessories - Segment tie rods
- DN 65 to 1000 vacuum-resistant
with vacuum supporting spiral/ring

Specifications for DN 32 - DN 600


Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforcement Cover Short-term
code marking (inner) (outer)
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C
red-blue IIR-D Aramid EPDM 80 25 120 16 130 10 140
green-blue CSM Aramid CSM 50 25 90 16 120 10 130
lilac FPM Aramid ECO 50 25 120 16 150 4 160
yellow-blue NBR Aramid CR 50 25 90 16 120 10 130

Bursting pressure: 75 bar

Application

Type 51 red-blue Type 51 lilac


For hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical additives for For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. Good resistance
treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak alkali solutions. to benzene, xylene, toluene, fuels with an aromatic content of more
Not suitable for oil products or cooling water with additives containing than 50 %, aromatic/chlorinated hydrocarbons and mineral acids.
oil, hot air or steam. Not suitable for water or steam.

Type 51 green-blue Type 51 yellow-blue


For chemicals, aggressive chemical wastewater and compressor For oils, lubricants, fuels, gases, city and natural gas (not liquefied).
air containing oil.

Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.

41
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 51

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction


(for combined movements, see the movement diagram
in the technical appendix), noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joints reaction force must be absorbed


via suitable piping.

axial - axial +

lateral ± angular
l ±

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
32 130 81 2700 140 100 18 4 15 79 10 20 15 20 3.2
40 130 86 2700 150 110 18 4 15 79 10 20 15 20 3.6
50 130 96 3200 165 125 18 4 15 88 10 20 15 20 3.8
65 130 110 5300 185 145 18 8 15 104 10 20 15 20 5.4
80 130 122 8500 200 160 18 8 15 119 15 20 15 20 7.0
100 130 142 12800 220 180 18 8 15 142 15 20 15 20 8.0
125 130 170 18700 250 210 18 8 18 169 15 20 15 20 9.7
150 130 196 25900 285 240 23 8 18 195 15 20 15 20 13.0
200 130 256 40900 340 295 23 8 20 244 15 20 15 15 16.6
250 130 306 59900 395 350 23 12 20 295 15 20 15 10 21.9
300 130 356 82200 445 400 23 12 22 351 15 20 15 10 25.2
350 200 442 117600 505 460 22 16 24 400 15 20 15 10 39.2
400 200 495 154700 565 515 26 16 25 450 20 25 20 8 38.8
450 250 545 227900 615 565 26 20 25 512 20 25 20 6 54.0
500 250 595 227900 670 620 26 20 30 563 20 25 20 6 57.3
600 250 695 311500 780 725 30 20 30 675 20 25 20 6 77.1

*1 WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


*2 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
- up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your
information piping system! For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

42
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 51

Length limiters

There is a selection of various length limiters / tie rods to absorb the reaction force and to protect the bellow from overstretching or collapsing:

Design B* Design C* Design E Design M


with tie rods with tie rods/thrust limiters with tie rods and spherical with tie rods/thrust limiters and
washers/conical sockets spherical washers/conical sockets

Design F
with hinge

*Note: For Designs B and C


the lateral movement absorption is reduced by around 50 %.

Flange dimensions for designs with


tie rods
DN Length Flange PN 10 (example dimensions)
BL B ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
32 130 230 140 100 18 4 15 79
40 130 240 150 110 18 4 15 79
50 130 255 165 125 18 4 16 88
65 130 275 185 145 18 8 16 104
80 130 290 200 160 18 8 18 119 DN 32 - 200 DN 250 - 900
100 130 310 220 180 18 8 18 142
125 130 340 250 210 18 8 18 169
150 130 375 285 240 23 8 18 195
200 130 440 340 295 23 8 20 244
250 130 509 395 350 23 12 20 295
300 130 559 445 400 23 12 22 351
350 200 619 505 460 22 16 24 400
400 200 700 565 515 26 16 25 450
450 250 760 615 565 26 20 30 512
500 250 810 670 620 26 20 30 563
600 250 930 780 725 30 20 30 675

DN 1000 DN 50 - 1000 (Design F)

43
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 51

Axial stiffness rates


DN Overall length Stiffness rates (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar 25 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
50 130 47 97 187 256 330 430 558
65 130 61 134 252 379 480 624 811
80 130 82 170 305 434 543 706 918
100 130 95 191 315 559 743 966 1256
125 130 111 216 419 655 863 1122 1459
150 130 127 268 496 770 1024 1332 1731
200 130 148 267 541 842 1089 1416 1841
250 130 160 315 591 927 1185 1540 2002
300 130 182 367 663 974 1307 1699 2208
350 200 189 318 627 1018 1352 1757 2285
400 200 200 339 671 696 1417 1842 2395
450 250 217 416 755 1174 1511 1964 2553
500 250 255 489 892 1378 1773 2305 2997
600 250 270 380 900 1460 1873 2435 3166

Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due to


use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Lateral stiffness rates


DN Overall length Stiffness rates (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar 25 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
50 130 65 85 104 137 189 245 319
65 130 52 101 150 195 215 279 363
80 130 46 96 177 202 225 292 380
100 130 72 114 186 218 250 324 422
125 130 130 260 339 381 498 647 841
150 130 156 338 402 476 606 788 1024
200 130 420 940 1087 1234 1585 2060 2678
250 130 492 1048 1329 1525 1923 2500 3249
300 130 510 1088 1388 1581 2005 2606 3388
350 200 397 793 991 1138 1427 1856 2412
400 200 439 835 1062 1230 1559 2026 2634
450 250 445 831 1067 1262 1560 2028 2636
500 250 554 1063 1362 1565 1944 2527 3285
600 250 593 1084 1381 1684 2062 2680 3484

Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due to


use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your
information piping system! For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

44
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 51

Angular stiffness torque


DN Overall length Stiffness torque (averages value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar 25 bar
mm Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° N/mm Nm/° Nm/°
50 130 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
65 130 1 2 4 6 7 9 12
80 130 2 4 6 9 11 15 19
100 130 3 6 10 17 23 30 38
125 130 5 10 19 30 39 51 66
150 130 8 17 31 48 63 83 107
200 130 16 29 59 92 119 154 201
250 130 26 51 96 151 193 251 327
300 130 42 84 152 224 300 390 507
350 200 60 101 200 325 432 561 729
400 200 85 143 283 294 599 778 1012
450 250 114 218 396 615 791 1029 1337
500 250 162 311 567 877 1128 1467 1907
600 250 242 339 804 1305 1674 2176 2829
Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness torque may occur due
to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Frictional force
DN Overall length for Designs E and M for Design F
BL Frictional force Frictional moment
mm N/bar Nm/bar
32 130 7 0.3
40 130 7 0.3
50 130 12 0.3
65 130 20 0.5
80 130 35 1.0
100 130 51 1.4
125 130 75 2.1
150 130 118 4.4
200 130 167 6.2
250 130 243 11.2
300 130 335 15.4
350 200 120 17.0
400 200 160 22.9
450 250 226 40.5
500 250 266 63.5
600 250 634 138.5
Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the frictional force may occur due to
use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
information For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

45
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 51 PTFE

DN 32 - DN 300

Type 51 PTFE is a low-corrugated, PTFE-lined rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation
helps it to achieve very low flow resistance. The PTFE lining gives the expansion joint high
chemical resistance or an anti-adhesive property.

The PTFE lining can be used for any rubber compound on Type 51. It is however
necessary to ensure that the selected rubber compound achieves the highest possible
media resistance, as this is the only way to achieve optimum service life.

Dimensions
DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 
32 130 81 2700 140 100 18 4 15 79 15 15 15 10
40 130 86 2700 150 110 18 4 15 79 15 15 15 10
50 130 96 3200 165 125 18 4 15 88 15 15 15 10
65 130 110 5300 185 145 18 8 15 104 15 15 15 10
80 130 122 8500 200 160 18 8 15 119 15 15 15 10
100 130 142 12800 220 180 18 8 15 142 15 15 15 10
125 130 170 18700 250 210 18 8 18 169 15 15 15 10
150 130 196 25900 285 240 23 8 18 195 15 15 15 10
200 130 256 40900 340 295 23 8 20 244 15 15 15 4
250 130 306 59900 395 350 23 12 20 295 15 15 15 4
300 130 356 82200 445 400 23 12 22 351 15 15 15 4

*1 WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


*2 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
- up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Pressure resistance Max. 9 bar operating pressure

Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004

Vacuum resistance Only limited suitable for vacuum operation. A PTFE


vacuum supporting ring, which allows full vacuum for
small nominal diameters, can be used from DN 50.
The PTFE supporting ring can only be used up
to 50 °C. DN 32 and DN 40 expansion joints are not
suitable for vacuum operation.

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

46
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 54

DN 25 - DN 100

Type 54 is a high-corrugated rubber expansion joint for hydraulic systems.


In combination with flanges according to SAE 3000 it is characterised by its
large opening and considerable movement absorption. It is only available in an
oil-resistable rubber compund.

Type 54 is almost exclusively used in the hydraulics and oil industries to absorb
expansion and vibration, and to insulate sound.

Bellow design High-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
forcement and shaped sealing bead with of galvanized steel, with clearance holes
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals (drilled according to SAE 3000).
required). Suitable for accommodating
swiveling flanges.
Accessories - Guide sleeves
- Potential equalisation
Vacuum resistance - DN 25 to 40 up to -200 mbar without - Flame-resistant protective covers
additional accessories - Dust and splash protection covers
- DN 50 to DN 100 vacuum-resistant - Earth cover / sun protection hoods
with vacuum supporting spiral/ring
- To reach higher vacuum for diameter
DN 25 to DN 40, Type 50 yellow
has to be used (installation length
130 mm)

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforcement Cover
code marking (inner) (outer)
°C bar
yellow NBR Polyamide CR 80 2

Application

Type 54 yellow NBR


Good resistance to heat and ageing, particularly in the absence of Note!
air (e.g. in oil). Excellent resistance to swelling (weak- and non-polar Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
media, e.g. mineral oils, lubricating greases, animal and vegetable
fats or oils). No resistance to esters, ketones, aromatic or chlorinated
hydrocarbons or lead-free fuels.

Important Use only flat head DIN 7984 hexagon head screws to screw the expansion joints into place.
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated.
Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

47
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 54

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any


direction (for combined movements, see the
movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be


absorbed via suitable piping.

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange SAE 3000 Movement absorption Weight
BL Ødi ØC A B D E Ød n s axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
25 65 25 43 70 59 52.4 26.2 11 4 11 5 5 5 7.5 0.4
32 65 32 50 81 73 58.7 30.2 13 4 11 5 5 5 7.5 0.5
40 100 40 62 95 83 70.0 35.7 13 4 13 10 10 10 10.0 0.8
50 100 48 72 103 97 77.8 42.9 13 4 13 10 10 10 10.0 1.0
65 100 63 87 115 109 89.0 50.8 13 4 14 10 10 10 10.0 1.2
80 100 80 104 136 131 106.4 62.0 17 4 14 10 10 10 10.0 1.8
90 100 80 104 152 140 120.6 70.0 17 4 14 10 10 10 10.0 1.9
100 100 100 130 162 152 130.2 77.8 17 4 16 10 10 10 10.0 2.5

Important Use only flat head DIN 7984 hexagon head screws to screw the expansion joints into place.
information Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your
piping system! You can f nd information on this in our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

48
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55

DN 20 - DN 1000

Type 55 is a low-corrugated, highly elastic rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation helps to achieve
very low flow resistance. It reduces up to 70 % of the incoming energy . It is also characterised by very
high movement absorption in all directions and its variety of rubber qualities, which means that a
suitable rubber compound is available for almost every application (see material descriptions on the
following pages).

Type 55 is used in building technology, plant engineering, water and wastewater technology, engine
construction, shipbuilding and in solar and wind plant engineering. It is especially used to absorb
expansion and vibration and to insulate sound.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
forcement and shaped sealing bead with of galvanized steel, with clearance holes,
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
required). Suitable for accommodating Other materials and dimensions are
swiveling flanges. possible.

Approvals/Conformity Similar to DIN 4809 / TÜV approved,


drinking water, shipbuilding approval
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform

Specifications for DN 20 - DN 400


Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour- Colour Core Rein- Cover Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
red Sp EPDM PEEK EPDM -40 10 70 16 100 10 130 8 150 4 x 103 4 x 103
red IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
yellow NBR Polyamide CR -20 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 1 x 103
green CSM Polyamide CSM -20 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 110 7 x 109 7 x 109
yellow St NBR Steel cord CR -20 10 60 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 5 x 1010
- Bursting pressure for DN 20 - 400: > 48 bar
- DN 300 max. 10 bar working pressure / Bursting pressure >30 bar

Specifications for DN 450 - DN 1000


Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour- Colour Core Rein- Cover Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
red Sp EPDM PEEK EPDM -40 8 70 10 100 7.5 130 6 150 4 x 103 4 x 103
red IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 8 50 10 70 8.0 100 6 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
yellow NBR Polyamide CR -20 8 50 10 70 8.0 90 6 100 2 x 102 1 x 103
green CSM Polyamide CSM -20 8 50 10 70 8.0 100 6 110 7 x 109 7 x 109

- Bursting pressure for DN 450 - 1000: > 30 bar


- The inner core of type 55 red DN 500 and DN 600 is made of EPDM

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

49
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55

Vacuum resistance - DN 20 to 50 vacuum-resistant Accessories - Guide sleeves


without additional accessories - Potential equalisation
- DN 65 to 250 up to -200 mbar - Flame-resistant protective covers
without additional accessories - Dust and splash protection covers
- DN 300 to 1000 not vacuum- - Earth cover / sun protection hoods
resistant without additional - Segment tie rods
accessories
- DN 65 to 1000 vacuum-resistant
with vacuum supporting spiral/ring

Application

Type 55 red Sp Type 55 green


For heating installations according to DIN 4809. For many years of For chemicals, aggressive chemical wastewater and compressor
operation under constant loading with hot water and heating water at air containing oil. Electrically insulating.
100 °C/110 °C at 10 bar/6 bar operating pressure. Electrically conduc-
tive surface. Not suitable for media with additives containing oil.
Type 55 yellow St
Like Type 50 yellow with additional flame-resistance for up to
Type 55 red 30 minutes at 800 °C. Electrically conductive inner surface,
For drinking water, hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical electrically insulating outer surface.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkaline solutions. Electrically dissipative inner surface and electrically
conductive outer surface. Not suitable for oil products or cooling water
with additives containing oil.
Note!
Type 55 yellow Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
For oils, lubricants, fuels, gases, city and natural gas (not liquefied)
and DIN EN fuels with an aromatic content up to 50 %. Electrically
conductive.

50
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed via suitable piping.

axial - axial +

lateral ± angular ±

Dimensions for Design A


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
20 *3125 81 1700 105 75 12 4 14 66 30 30 30 30 1.5
25 *3125 81 1700 115 85 14 4 14 66 30 30 30 30 1.9
32 *3125 81 1700 140 100 18 4 15 66 30 30 30 30 3.1
40 *3125 86 1800 150 110 18 4 15 74 30 30 30 30 3.5
50 *3125 96 3200 165 125 18 4 16 86 30 30 30 30 3.7
65 *3125 111 5300 185 145 18 8 16 106 30 30 30 30 5.3
80 150 122 8500 200 160 18 8 18 118 30 30 30 30 6.9
100 150 142 12800 220 180 18 8 18 138 30 30 30 20 8.0
125 150 168 18700 250 210 18 8 18 166 30 30 30 20 9.8
150 150 192 25900 285 240 22 8 18 192 30 30 30 20 13.2
200 175 252 41000 340 295 22 8 20 252 30 30 30 12 17.9
250 175 302 59600 395 350 22 12 20 304 30 30 30 12 23.8
300 200 354 82200 445 400 22 12 22 354 30 30 30 12 25.0
350 200 420 117600 505 460 22 16 24 412 30 50 30 8 38.3
400 200 480 154700 565 515 26 16 25 470 30 50 30 8 38.0
450 250 530 204200 615 565 26 20 25 520 30 50 30 8 53.7
500 250 580 227900 670 620 26 20 30 570 20 40 30 6 61.0
600 250 680 311500 780 725 30 20 30 675 20 40 30 6 79.3
700 *4275 800 434200 895 840 30 24 35 780 30 50 30 8 127.3
800 250 880 527400 1015 950 33 24 40 887 30 50 30 6 161.0
900 300 1038 737900 1115 1050 33 28 40 987 30 50 30 5 196.7
1000 300 1138 889400 1230 1160 36 28 40 1087 30 50 30 5 234.5

*1 WF = effective area Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


*2 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
*3 Building length 130 mm - up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
*4 Building length 260 mm - up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your
information piping system! You can f nd information on this in our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

51
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55

Length limiters

There is a selection of various length limiters / tie rods to absorb the reaction force and to protect the bellow from overstretching or collapsing:

Design B* Design C* Design E Design M


with tie rods with tie rod/thrust limiters with tie rods and spherical with tie rods/thrust limiters with
washers/conical sockets spherical washers/conical sockets

Design F
with hinge

*Note: For Designs B and C


the lateral movement absorption is reduced by around 50 %.

Flange dimensions for designs


with tie rods
DN Length Flange PN 10 (example dimensions)
BL B ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 *1125 189 105 75 12 4 14 66
25 *1125 205 115 85 14 4 14 66
32 *1125 230 140 100 18 4 15 66
40 *1125 240 150 110 18 4 15 74
50 *1125 255 165 125 18 4 16 86
65 *1125 275 185 145 18 8 16 106
80 150 200 160
DN 32 - 200 DN 250 - 900
290 18 8 18 118
100 150 310 220 180 18 8 18 138
125 150 340 250 210 18 8 18 166
150 150 375 285 240 22 8 18 192
200 175 440 340 295 22 8 20 252
250 175 509 395 350 22 12 20 304
300 200 559 445 400 22 12 22 354
350 200 619 505 460 22 16 24 412
400 200 700 565 515 26 16 25 470
450 250 760 615 565 26 20 30 520
500 250 810 670 620 26 20 30 570
600 250 930 780 725 30 20 30 675
700 *2275 1045 895 840 30 24 35 780
800 250 1175 1015 950 33 24 40 887
900 300 1285 1115 1050 33 28 40 987
1000 300 1400 1230 1160 36 28 40 1087
*1 Building length 130 mm
DN 1000 DN 50 - 1000 (Design F)
*2 Building length 260 mm

52
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55

Axial stiffness rates


DN Length Stiffness rates (average value from full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 8 bar 10 bar 12 bar 16 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
20 *1125 31 56 68 88 128 160 192 192 243 252 270
25 *1125 31 56 68 88 128 160 192 192 243 252 270
32 *1125 31 56 68 88 128 160 192 192 243 252 270
40 *1125 30 54 66 85 124 155 186 186 236 244 261
50 *1125 25 42 51 67 98 116 134 134 173 179 192
65 *1125 24 43 53 69 100 125 150 150 190 197 211
80 150 28 48 58 73 104 126 148 148 185 192 205
100 150 35 59 71 86 116 161 206 206 274 284 304
125 150 36 59 71 93 137 176 214 214 282 292 313
150 150 49 84 102 131 189 241 293 293 390 404 433
200 175 100 153 180 242 365 467 568 568 735 762 816
250 175 105 173 207 267 388 499 609 609 778 807 864
300 200 123 206 248 315 448 553 658 659 883 915 980
350 200 105 153 177 234 349 458 567 567 753 781 836
400 200 154 225 261 346 516 526 535 536 1,090 1,130 1,210
450 250 167 269 320 407 581 742 903 904 1,162 1,205 1,290
500 250 196 316 376 479 686 873 1,060 1,061 1,364 1,414 1,514
600 250 208 264 292 425 692 908 1,123 1,124 1,441 1,494 1,600
700 *2275 140 179 198 372 721 718 714 715 954 636 -
800 250 180 240 270 378 594 785 975 976 1,258 839 -
900 300 200 320 380 483 690 885 1,080 1,081 1,395 930 -
1000 300 225 355 420 527 742 995 1,248 1,249 1,568 1,045 -

*1 Building length 130 mm Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due to
*2 Building length 260 mm use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Lateral stiffness rates


DN Length Stiffness rates (average value from full way)
BL 0 bar 1 bar 2.5 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 8 bar 10 bar 12 bar 16 bar
mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm N/mm
20 *1125 64 105 125 145 184 212 240 249 259 260 264
25 *1125 64 105 125 145 184 212 240 249 259 260 264
32 *1125 64 105 125 145 184 212 240 249 259 260 264
40 *1125 62 101 121 140 178 205 233 242 251 252 256
50 *1125 50 60 65 70 80 93 105 124 142 143 145
65 *1125 40 65 78 90 115 133 150 156 162 163 165
80 150 34 59 72 92 132 141 151 158 165 166 168
100 150 53 74 85 102 138 150 162 172 181 183 185
125 150 97 162 194 214 253 269 284 324 364 367 372
150 150 116 206 251 267 299 326 354 398 441 444 450
200 175 304 555 680 716 787 840 893 1,009 1,124 1,132 1,147
250 175 356 624 758 826 961 1,032 1,103 1,233 1,363 1,373 1,391
300 200 368 647 786 858 1,003 1,072 1,142 1,280 1,419 1,428 1,448
350 200 305 508 610 661 762 819 875 976 1,076 1,083 1,098
400 200 338 541 642 700 817 882 946 1,061 1,175 1,183 1,199
450 250 342 540 639 700 821 896 971 1,074 1,176 1,184 1,200
500 250 426 687 818 895 1,048 1,126 1,204 1,335 1,465 1,475 1,495
600 250 456 708 834 910 1,062 1,179 1,295 1,425 1,554 1,565 1,586
700 *2275 516 798 939 1,023 1,191 1,320 1,449 1,594 1,740 1,160 -
800 250 558 826 960 992 1,055 1,306 1,557 1,640 1,723 1,149 -
900 300 800 1,253 1,480 1,648 1,984 2,116 2,248 2,378 2,509 1,673 -
1000 300 960 1,536 1,824 2,003 2,361 2,549 2,736 2,826 2,916 1,944 -
*1 Building length 130 mm Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness rates may occur due to
*2 Building length 260 mm use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

53
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55

Angular stiffness torque


DN Overall length Stiffness torque (average value from full way)
BL 0 bar 2.5 bar 4 bar 6 bar 10 bar 16 bar
mm Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/° Nm/°
20 *1125 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 1.9
25 *1125 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 1.9
32 *1125 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.7 1.9
40 *1125 0.3 0.6 1.1 1.6 2.0 2.3
50 *1125 0.3 0.6 1.1 1.6 2.0 2.2
65 *1125 0.4 0.9 1.7 2.5 3.2 3.6
80 150 0.6 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.1 4.6
100 150 1.0 2.0 4.0 7.0 9.0 10.0
125 150 2.0 3.0 6.0 10.0 13.0 15.0
150 150 3.0 7.0 12.0 19.0 25.0 28.0
200 175 11.0 20.0 41.0 63.0 82.0 91.0
250 175 18.0 35.0 65.0 102.0 130.0 144.0
300 200 29.0 58.0 105.0 154.0 206.0 229.0
350 200 34.0 57.0 113.0 183.0 244.0 270.0
400 200 65.0 110.0 218.0 226.0 460.0 511.0
450 250 114.0 218.0 396.0 615.0 792.0 676.0
500 250 162.0 311.0 568.0 877.0 1128.0 1069.0
600 250 241.0 340.0 804.0 1305.0 1674.0 1588.0
700 *2275 167.0 237.0 861.0 853.0 1140.0 1265.0
800 250 277.0 416.0 914.0 1501.0 1937.0 2150.0
900 300 386.0 733.0 1330.0 2082.0 2689.0 2985.0
1000 300 531.0 991.0 1751.0 2945.0 3700.0 4107.0
*1 Building length 130 mm Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the stiffness torque may occur due
*2 Building length 260 mm to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

Frictional force
DN Overall length for Designs E and M for Design F
Frictional force Frictional moment
mm N/bar Nm/bar
20 *1125 7 0.2
25 *1125 7 0.2
32 *1125 7 0.2
40 *1125 8 0.2
50 *1125 12 0.3
65 *1125 20 0.5
80 150 30 1.0
100 150 44 1.4
125 150 65 2.1
150 150 102 4.4
200 175 124 6.2
250 175 180 11.2
300 200 218 15.4
350 200 120 17.0
400 200 160 22.9
450 250 226 40.5
500 250 212 63.5
600 250 507 138.5
700 *2275 602 180.9
800 250 814 326.2
900 300 921 402.4
1000 300 1130 617.3

*1 Building length 130 mm


Warning: Deviations (+/-25 %) in the frictional force may occur due
*2 Building length 260 mm
to use of different materials and manufacturing processes.

54
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 55 PTFE

DN 25 - DN 500

Type 55 PTFE is a low-corrugated, PTFE-lined rubber expansion joint. Its shallow corrugation helps
to achieve very low flow resistance. The PTFE lining gives the expansion joint high chemical resistance
or an anti-adhesive property.

The PTFE lining can be used for any rubber compound on Type 55. It is however necessary to ensure
that the selected rubber compound achieves the highest possible media resistance, as this is the only
way to achieve optimum service life.

Dimensions for Design A


DN Overall Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption
length BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
25 *3125 81 1700 115 85 14 4 14 65 15 15 15 15.0
32 *3125 81 1700 140 100 18 4 15 65 15 15 15 15.0
40 *3125 86 1800 150 110 18 4 15 74 15 15 15 15.0
50 *3125 96 3200 165 125 18 4 16 86 15 15 15 15.0
65 *3125 111 5300 185 145 18 8 16 105 15 15 15 15.0
80 150 122 8500 200 160 18 8 18 118 15 15 15 15.0
100 150 142 12800 220 180 18 8 18 137 15 15 15 10.0
125 150 168 18700 250 210 18 8 18 166 15 15 15 10.0
150 150 192 25900 285 240 22 8 20 192 15 15 15 10.0
200 175 252 41000 340 295 22 8 20 252 15 15 15 6.0
250 175 302 59600 395 350 22 12 20 304 15 15 15 6.0
300 200 354 82200 445 400 22 12 20 354 15 15 15 6.0
350 200 420 117600 505 460 22 16 24 412 15 15 15 4.0
400 200 480 154700 565 515 26 16 25 470 15 15 15 4.0
450 250 530 204200 615 565 26 20 25 520 15 15 15 4.0
500 250 580 227900 670 620 26 20 30 570 15 15 15 4.0

*1 WF = Building length 130 mm Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:


*2 WF = effective area - up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
*3 Other standards/dimensions possible. - up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
- up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Pressure resistance Max. 6 bar operating pressure with polyamide cord reinforce-
ment, max. 9 bar operating pressure with aramid or steel
cord reinforcement.

Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004

Vacuum resistance Only limited suitable for vacuum operation. A PTFE vacuum
supporting ring, which allows full vacuum for small nominal
diameters, can be used from DN 50.
The PTFE supporting ring can only be used up to 50 °C.
DN 25, DN 32, DN 40 and DN 350 expansion joints are not
suitable for vacuum operation.

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

55
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint for Shock Design Type 55 SO

DN 20 - DN 300

Type 55 SO is a low-corrugated, highly elastic rubber expansion joint. Its low corrugation
helps to achieve very low flow resistance. It has been specially designed for the shipbuilding
industry and is characterised by its high level of shock absorption.

Type 55 SO is primarily used in marine shipbuilding to absorb expansion and vibration as


well as to insulate sound and protect the connected fans in the event of shock.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with rein- Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
forcement and shaped sealing bead with of galvanized steel, with clearance holes,
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
required). Suitable for accommodating Other materials and dimensions are
swiveling flanges. possible.

Vacuum resistance - DN 20 to 50 vacuum-resistant Approvals Drinking water and shipbuilding approval


without additional accessories
- DN 65 to 250 up to -200 mbar
Accessories - Guide sleeves
without additional accessories
- Potential equalisation
- DN 300 to 1000 not vacuum-
- Flame-resistant protective covers
resistant without additional
- Dust and splash protection covers
accessories
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
- DN 65 to 1000 with vacuum
- Segment tie rods
supporting spiral/ring
vacuum-resistant

Specifications for DN 20 - DN 300


Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data Surface resistance Ro
Colour Colour Core Rein- Cover Short- Core Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer) term
°C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C Ohm x cm Ohm x cm
red IIR Polyamide EPDM -40 10 50 16 70 12 100 10 120 7 x 106 1 x 103
yellow NBR Polyamide CR -20 10 50 16 70 12 90 10 100 2 x 102 1 x 103

- Bursting pressure for DN 20 - DN 300: > 48 bar


- DN 250 and DN 300 max. 10 bar working pressure

Use

Type 55 SO red Type 55 SO yellow


For drinking water, hot water, sea water, cooling water with chemical For oils, lubricants, fuels, gases, city and natural gas (not liquefied)
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak and DIN EN fuels with an aromatic content up to 50 %. Electrically
alkaline solutions. Electrically dissipative inner surface and electrically conductive.
conductive outer surface. Not suitable for oil products or cooling water
with additives containing oil.
Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

56
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint for Shock Design Type 55 SO

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joints reaction force must be absorbed via suitable piping.

axial - axial +

lateral ± angular ±

Dimensions
DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption Weight
BL ØA WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral angular
+ - ± ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  kg
20 160 81 1700 105 75 12 4 14 66 30 30 30 30 1.5
25 160 81 1700 115 85 14 4 14 66 30 30 30 30 1.9
32 160 81 1700 140 100 18 4 15 66 30 30 30 30 3.1
40 160 86 1800 150 110 18 4 15 74 30 30 30 30 3.5
50 160 96 3200 165 125 18 4 16 86 30 30 30 30 3.7
65 160 111 5300 185 145 18 8 16 106 30 30 30 30 5.3
80 160 122 8500 200 160 18 8 18 118 30 30 30 30 6.8
100 160 142 12800 220 180 18 8 18 138 30 30 30 20 7.9
125 160 168 18700 250 210 18 8 18 166 30 30 30 20 9.6
150 160 192 25900 285 240 22 8 18 192 30 30 30 20 12.9
200 160 252 41000 340 295 22 8 20 252 30 30 30 12 16.2
250 200 302 59600 395 350 22 12 20 304 30 30 30 12 21.5
300 200 354 82200 445 400 22 12 22 354 30 30 30 12 24.5

*1 WF = effective area Shock absorption in any direction ±50 mm.


*2 Other standards/dimensions possible.
Permissible degree of utilisation for movement areas:
up to 50 °C: Utilisation ~ 100 %
up to 70 °C: Utilisation ~ 75 %
up to 90 °C: Utilisation ~ 60 %

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
information For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
For information on the tie rods, please see the technical appendix (p. 89 - 92)!
We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

57
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 56

DN 50 - DN 1000

Type 56 is a cylindrical rubber expansion joint that achieves very low flow resistance because of its
uncorrugated bellow geometry. It is suitable for conveying media that contain solids, even at high
flow rates. It is also characterised by its flexible installation length and variety of rubber qualities,
which means that a suitable rubber compound is available for every application (see material
descriptions on the following pages). Depending on its design, it may only be able to absorb
minimal axial movement!

Type 56 is used in plant engineering, water technology and wastewater technology absorb lateral
movement and vibration and to insulate sound.

Bellow design Smooth cylindrical rubber bellow with rein- Vacuum resistance Vaccum resistance only for short installa-
forcement and shaped sealing bead with tion lengths, longer versions should be
core ring, self-sealing (no additional seals fitted with a vulcanized vacuum supporting
required). Suitable for accommodating spiral.
swiveling flanges.

Approvals/Conformity Drinking water approval,


Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform
of galvanized steel, with clearance holes,
drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
Accessories - Potential equalisation
Other materials and dimensions are
- Flame-resistant protective covers
possible.
- Dust and splash protection covers
- Earth cover/sun protection hoods
- Segment tie rods

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

58
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 56

Application

Type 56 red (EPDM) Type 56 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 56 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 56 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 56 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 56 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 56 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 56 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 56 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 56 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 56 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Type 56 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 56 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 56 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 56 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 56 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 56 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 56 green (CSM)


Type 56 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
Like Type 56 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
air containing oil.

Type 56 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 56 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 56 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 56 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 56 white-grey (NBR beige)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Like Type 56 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
food-grade. Not approved for drinking water!
content of more than 50 %. For temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 56 grey (CR)


Type 56 silicone (silicone/glass fibre or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C. No resistance to
Type 56 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) fuels.
Like Type 56 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 56 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 56 blue, but with aramid fabric.

59
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 56

Design A - without tie rods

Can be used to absorb compression and lateral movement,


as well as to insulate vibration and sound.

Can only absorb minimal expansion.

Dimensions for Design A


DN*1 Overall length Bellow Flange PN 10*4 Movement absorption Weight*6
BL*2 WF*3 B ØD ØPCD Ød n s axial axial lateral*5
+ - ±
mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
50 150 - 1000 1963 255 165 125 18 4 16 3 5 12 4.3
65 150 - 1000 3317 275 185 145 18 8 16 3 5 11 5.2
80 150 - 1000 5024 290 200 160 18 8 18 3 5 10 7.0
100 150 - 1000 7850 310 220 180 18 8 18 3 5 10 7.9
125 150 - 1000 12266 340 250 210 18 8 18 3 5 9 10.0
150 150 - 1000 17663 375 285 240 22 8 18 3 5 12 12.0
200 200 - 1000 31400 440 340 295 22 8 20 6 10 11 17.0
250 200 - 1000 49063 509 395 350 22 12 20 6 10 11 20.0
300 200 - 1000 70650 559 445 400 22 12 20 6 10 10 25.0
350 200 - 1000 96163 619 505 460 22 16 25 6 10 10 38.0
400 200 - 1000 125600 700 565 515 26 16 25 6 10 10 38.0
450 200 - 1000 158963 760 615 565 26 20 30 6 10 10 52.0
500 200 - 1000 196250 810 670 620 26 20 30 6 10 10 57.0
600 200 - 1000 282600 930 780 725 30 20 30 6 10 9 75.0
700 200 - 1000 384650 1045 895 840 30 24 35 6 10 9 128.0
800 200 - 1000 502400 1175 1015 950 33 24 40 6 10 9 161.0
900 200 - 1000 635850 1285 1115 1050 33 28 40 6 10 9 197.0
1000 200 - 1000 785000 1400 1230 1160 36 28 40 6 10 8 235.0
*1 Intermediate diameters for other standards (e.g. ANSI) are also possible. Movement absorption is for a bellow design with 6 bar
*2 Overall lengths available from 150/200 mm to 1000 mm. operating pressure.
*3 WF = effective area
*4 Other standards/dimensions possible.
*5 The lateral movement absorption applies to short overall length. The lateral movement
absorption increases by 6 mm every 100 mm.
*6 For short installation lengths.

Design M - with tie rods/shear limiters

For absorbing compression while also absorbing lateral


movement.

The use of PTFE-coated spherical washers and conical


sockets reduces the frictional force considerably during
lateral movement. Can be used for vibration insulation
and absorbing lateral movement.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

60
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 57

DN 50 - DN 300

Type 57 is a conical or eccentric rubber expansion joint that achieves very low flow resistance
because of its uncorrugated bellow geometry. It is suitable for conveying media that contain
solids, even at high flow rates. It is also characterised by its variety of rubber qualities, which
means that a suitable rubber compound is available for every application (see material descriptions
on the following pages). Its design means that it can only absorb minimal (axial) compression!
Alternative production lengths are possible in individual cases and subject to agreement.

Type 57 is used in plant engineering, water technology and wastewater technology to absorb
lateral movement, as well as to absorb vibration and insulate sound.

Bellow design Smooth conical/eccentric rubber bellow Flange version Both sides with swiveling flange made
with reinforcement and moulded sealing of galvanized steel, with clearance holes,
bead with core ring (self-sealing - no drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
additional seals required). Suitable for Other materials and dimensions are
Description accommodating swiveling flanges. possible.

Vacuum resistance Only vacuum-resistant with a vulcanised Accessories - Potential equalisation


vacuum supporting spiral. - Flame-resistant protective covers
- Dust and splash protection covers
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
Approvals/Conformity Drinking water approval,
- Segment tie rods
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

61
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 57

Application

Type 57 red (EPDM) Type 57 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 57 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 57 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 57 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C
Type 57 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 57 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 57 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 57 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 57 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 57 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Type 57 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 57 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 57 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 57 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 57 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 57 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 57 green (CSM)


Type 57 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
Like Type 57 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
air containing oil.

Type 57 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 57 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 57 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 57 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 57 white-grey (NBR beige)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Like Type 57 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
food-grade. Not approval for drinking water!
content of more than 50 %. For temperatures of up to 180 °C.

Type 57 grey (CR)


Type 57 silicone (silicone/glass fibre or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C.
Type 57 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) No resistance to fuels.
Like Type 57 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 57 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 57 blue, but with aramid fabric.

62
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 57

Design A - concentric, without tie rods Design A - eccentric, without tie rods

Can be used to absorb compression and lateral Can be used to absorb compression and lateral
movement, as well as to insulate vibration and sound. movement, as well as to insulate vibration and sound.
Can only absorb minimal expansion. Can only absorb minimal expansion.

Dimensions for Design A Length limiters/Tie rods


Concentric/eccentric
DN1 DN2 Length Bellow Movement absorption
It is advisable to use tie rods/shear limiters on
BL WF* axial lateral these expansion joints (Design M - see illustration).
- ±
The conical bellow is inflated by the rise in pressure,
mm mm2 mm mm
50 80 250 5000 3 8 which shortens the expansion joint and applies high
50 100 250 7900 3 8 tensile force to the connections.
65 80 300 5000 3 8
65 100 300 7900 3 8
It is also available with tie rods only (Design E).
80 100 250 7900 3 8
80 125 250 12300 3 7
100 125 250 12300 3 7
100 150 250 17700 3 7
100 200 300 31400 3 7
125 150 250 17700 3 7
125 200 300 31400 4 8
150 200 300 31400 4 8
150 250 250 49100 5 8
200 250 250 49100 4 8
200 300 300 70700 6 8
200 350 300 96200 9 12
250 300 300 70700 4 7
250 350 300 96200 6 9
300 350 300 96200 4 7
300 400 400 125600 7 9
* WF = effective area

- Movement absorption is for a bellow design with 6 bar operating pressure.


- Free choice of f ange connection dimension (DIN, ASTM, JIS, etc.)
- Special overall lengths and nominal diameters are possible in individual cases.

Important
Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information
as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

63
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 58

DN 50 - DN 3000

Type 58 is a cylindrical rubber expansion joint that achieves very low flow resistance because
of its uncorrugated bellow geometry. It is suitable for conveying media that contain solids, even
at high flow rates. It is also characterised by its flexible installation length and variety of rubber
qualities, which means that a suitable rubber compound is available for every application
(see material descriptions on the following pages). Its design means that it can only absorb
minimal axial movement!

Type 58 is used in plant engineering, water technology and wastewater technology to absorb
lateral movement and vibration and to insulate sound.

Bellow design Smooth cylindrical rubber bellow with Flange version Both sides with backing flange made of
reinforcement and moulded, pressure- galvanized steel, with clearance holes,
resistant solid rubber flanges (self-sealing drilled according to DIN PN 10 (standard).
- no additional seals required). Suitable Other materials and dimensions are
for accommodating backing flanges. possible.

Vacuum resistance Vaccum resistance only short installation Accessories - Potential equalisation
lengths. Longer versions should be fitted - Flame-resistant protective covers
with a vulcanised vacuum supporting - Dust and splash protection covers
spiral. - Earth cover / sun protection hoods
- Segment tie rods

Approvals/Conformity Drinking water approval,


FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

64
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 58

Application

Type 58 red (EPDM) Type 58 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 58 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 58 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 58 red,but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 58 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 58 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 58 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 58 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 58 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 58 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Type 58 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 58 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 58 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 58 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 58 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 58 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 58 green (CSM)


Type 58 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and
Like Type 58 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
compressor air containing oil. Electrically insulating.

Type 58 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 58 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 58 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 58 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 58 white-grey (NBR beige)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Like Type 58 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
food-grade. Not approval for drinking water!
content of more than 50 %. For temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 58 grey (CR)


Type 58 silicone (silicone/glass fibre or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C. No resistance to
Type 58 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) fuels.
Like Type 58 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 58 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 58 blue, but with aramid fabric.

Important
Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information
as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

65
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 58

Design A - without tie rods Design M - with tie rods / shear limiters

Can be used to absorb compression and lateral movement, For absorbing compression while also absorbing lateral movement.
as well as to absorb vibration and insulate sound. The use of PTFE-coated spherical washers and conical sockets
reduces the frictional force considerably during lateral movement.
Can only absorb minimal expansion. Can be used to absorb vibration and lateral movement.

Note: Can only absorb lateral movement!

Dimensions for Design A / Design M


DN Overall length Bellow Flange PN 10*3 Movement absorption Weight
BL*1 b WF*2 ØD ØPCD Ød n s B axial lateral*4
- ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
50 200 - 1000 1963 165 125 18 4 255 5 10 4
65 200 - 1000 3317 185 145 18 8 275 5 10 5
Dependent on operating presre
Dependent on operating presre

80 200 - 1000 5024 200 160 18 8 290 5 10 5


100 200 - 1000 7850 220 180 18 8 310 5 10 6
125 200 - 1000 12266 250 210 18 8 340 5 10 7
150 200 - 1000 17663 285 240 22 8 375 5 10 9
200 200 - 1000 31400 340 295 22 8 462 13 14 11
250 200 - 1000 49063 395 350 22 12 517 13 14 13
300 200 - 1000 70650 445 400 22 12 567 13 13 12
350 200 - 1000 96163 505 460 22 16 627 13 13 14
400 200 - 1000 125600 565 515 26 16 703 13 13 18
450 200 - 1000 158963 615 565 26 20 753 13 12 25
500 200 - 1000 196250 670 620 26 20 808 13 12 17
Dependent on operating pressure
Dependent on operating pressure

600 200 - 1000 282600 780 725 30 20 942 13 12 22


700 200 - 1000 384650 895 840 30 24 1057 13 11 29
800 200 - 1000 502400 1015 950 33 24 1117 15 13 81
900 200 - 1000 635850 1115 1050 33 28 1277 15 13 90
1000 200 - 1000 785000 1230 1160 36 28 1392 15 13 106
1100 200 - 1000 949850 1345 1270 36 32 1507 15 12 123
1200 200 - 1000 1130400 1455 1380 39 32 1617 15 12 139
1300 200 - 1000 1326650 1565 1485 42 32 1727 15 12 155
1400 200 - 1000 1538600 1675 1590 42 36 1837 15 12 172
1500 200 - 1000 1766250 1795 1705 48 36 1957 15 12 195
1600 200 - 1000 2009600 1915 1820 48 40 2100 15 11 222
Dependent on operating pressure
Dependent on operating pressure

1700 200 - 1000 2268650 2015 1920 48 44 2200 15 11 290


1800 200 - 1000 2543400 2115 2020 48 44 2300 15 11 306
1900 200 - 1000 2833850 2220 2125 48 48 2406 15 11 327
2000 200 - 1000 3140000 2325 2230 48 48 2511 15 11 350
2100 200 - 1000 3461850 2440 2335 56 48 2626 18 13 386
2200 200 - 1000 3799400 2550 2440 56 52 2736 18 13 416
2400 200 - 1000 4521600 2760 2650 56 56 2946 18 12 465
2500 200 - 1000 4906250 2860 2750 56 56 3046 18 12 485
2600 200 - 1000 5306600 2960 2850 56 60 3146 18 12 501
2800 200 - 1000 6154400 3180 3070 56 64 3366 18 12 572
3000 200 - 1000 7065000 3405 3290 62 68 3591 18 12 644

*1 Overall lengths available from 200 mm to 1000 mm. - Maximum size: DN 4000.
*2 WF = effective area - Movement absorption corresponds to bellow design
*3 Other standards/dimensions possible. with max. 6 bar operating pressure.
*4 The lateral movement absorption applies to short installation lengths.
The lateral movement absorption increases by 6 mm every 100 mm.

66
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 59

DN 350 - DN 1500

Type 59 is a conical or eccentric-conical rubber expansion joint that achieves very low flow resistance
because of its uncorrugated bellow geometry. It is suitable for conveying media that contain solids,
even at high flow rates. It is also characterised by its variety of rubber qualities, which means that a
suitable rubber compound is available for every application (see material descriptions on the following
pages). Its design means that it can only absorb minimal expansion! Alternate installation lengths are
possible in individual cases after prior examination.

Type 59 is used in plant engineering, water technology and wastewater technology , where it is used
to absorb lateral movement and vibration and to insulate sound.

Bellow design Smooth conical or eccentric rubber bellow Flange version On one side a galvanized steel backing
with reinforcement with a moulded, flange, on the other, a swiveling
pressure-resistant solid rubber flange galvanized steel flange with clearance
on the small side and moulded sealing holes, drilled according to DIN PN 10
bead with a core ring on the other side (standard) or with both sides galvanized
(self-sealing - no additional seals steel backing flange. Other materials and
required). Can also be constructed dimensions are possible.
with both sides full faced rubber flange
depending on the size and pressure.
Vacuum resistance Only vacuum-resistant with a vulcanised
Suitable for backing/swiveling flanges.
vacuum supporting spiral.

Accessories - Potential equalisation


Approvals/Conformity Drinking water approval,
- Flame-resistant protective covers
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform
- Dust and splash protection covers
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
- Segment tie rods

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

67
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 59

Application

Type 59 red (EPDM) Type 59 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 59 white-red, but with aramid fabric
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 59 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 59 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 59 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 59 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 59 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 59 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 59 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 59 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Type 59 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 59 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 59 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 59 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 59 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 59 yellow-grey, but with aramid.

Type 59 green (CSM)


Type 59 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
Like Type 59 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
air containing oil.

Type 59 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 59 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 59 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Electrically
dissipative. Not suitable for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons,
esters and ketones. Type 59 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Type 59 white-grey (NBR beige)
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
Like Type 59 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
content of more than 50 %. For temperatures of up to +180 °C.
food-grade. Not approval for drinking water!

Type 59 silicone (silicone/glass fibre or aramid)


Type 59 grey (CR)
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
compressed air containing oil.
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C. No resistance to
fuels.
Type 59 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid)
Like Type 59 red, but with aramid fabric.
Note!
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Type 59 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Like Type 59 blue, but with aramid fabric.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
You can f nd information on this in our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

68
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 59

Design A - concentric, without tie rods

Can be used to absorb compression and lateral movement,


as well as to absorb vibration and insulate sound.

Can only absorb minimal expansion.

Dimensions - Design A, concentric


DN1 DN2 Length Bellow Movement absorption DN1 DN2 Length Bellow Movement absorption
BL WF* axial lateral BL WF* axial lateral
- ± - ±
mm mm2 mm mm mm mm2 mm mm
350 400 300 125600 4 7 800 1400 1650 1538600 45 27
350 500 350 196250 10 12 900 1000 400 785000 8 7
400 500 400 196250 7 8 900 1100 650 949850 15 11
400 600 650 282600 13 13 900 1200 900 1130400 23 15
500 600 340 282600 7 8 900 1300 1150 1326650 30 19
500 700 650 384650 13 13 900 1400 1400 1538600 38 23
500 800 900 502400 20 17 900 1500 1650 1766250 46 27
500 900 1150 635850 26 21 1000 1100 400 949850 9 7
500 1000 1400 785000 33 25 1000 1200 650 1130400 16 11
500 1100 1650 949850 41 29 1000 1300 900 1326650 23 15
500 1200 1900 1130400 48 32 1000 1400 1150 1538600 31 19
600 700 400 384650 8 8 1000 1500 1400 1766250 39 22
600 800 650 502400 14 12 1000 1600 1650 2009600 47 26
600 900 900 635850 21 16 1100 1200 400 1130400 9 7
600 1000 1150 785000 28 20 1100 1300 650 1326650 16 11
600 1100 1400 949850 35 24 1100 1400 900 1538600 24 15
600 1200 1650 1130400 42 28 1100 1500 1150 1766250 32 18
700 800 400 502400 8 8 1100 1600 1400 2009600 40 22
700 900 650 635850 15 12 1200 1300 400 1326650 9 7
700 1000 900 785000 21 16 1200 1400 650 1538600 17 11
700 1100 1150 949850 28 20 1200 1500 900 1766250 25 14
700 1200 1400 1130400 36 24 1200 1600 1150 2009600 33 18
700 1300 1650 1326650 43 27 1300 1400 400 1538600 9 7
800 900 400 635850 8 7 1300 1500 650 1766250 17 10
800 1000 650 785000 15 12 1300 1600 900 2009600 25 14
800 1100 900 949850 22 16 1400 1500 400 1766250 9 6
800 1200 1150 1130400 29 20 1400 1600 650 2009600 17 10
800 1300 1400 1326650 37 23 1500 1600 400 2009600 10 6
* WF = effective area - Movement absorption is for a bellow design with 6 bar operating pressure.
- Other f ange connection dimensions available on request.
- Special overall lengths and nominal diameter are possible in individual cases.
Length limiters / Tie rods

It is advisable to use tie rods / shear limiters on these expansion joints


(Design M - see illustration). The conical bellow is inflated by the rise
in pressure, which shortens the expansion joint and applies high tensile
force to the connections.

It is also available with tie rods only (Design E).

69
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 59

Design A - eccentric, without tie rods

Can be used to absorb compression and lateral


movement, as well as to absorb vibration and
insulate sound.

Can only absorb minimal expansion.

Dimensions - Design A, eccentric


DN1 DN2 Length Bellow Movement absorption DN1 DN2 Length Bellow Movement absorption
BL WF* axial lateral BL WF* axial lateral
- ± - ±
mm mm2 mm mm mm mm2 mm mm
350 400 350 1125600 5 8 800 1200 1350 1130400 31 23
350 500 650 196250 11 14 800 1300 1600 1326650 38 27
400 500 500 196250 8 11 800 1400 1900 1538600 47 31
400 600 750 282600 14 15 800 1500 2150 1766250 55 35
500 600 500 282600 8 10 900 1000 550 785000 10 10
500 700 750 384650 14 15 900 1100 850 949850 17 15
500 800 1050 502400 21 20 900 1200 1100 1130400 25 19
500 900 1300 635850 28 24 900 1300 1150 1326650 32 22
500 1000 1550 785000 35 28 900 1400 1650 1538600 40 27
500 1100 1850 949850 43 32 900 1500 1900 1766250 48 31
500 1200 2100 1130400 50 36 900 1600 2150 2009600 57 34
600 700 500 384650 9 10 1000 1100 600 949850 11 10
600 800 800 502400 15 15 1000 1200 850 1130400 18 14
600 900 1050 635850 22 19 1100 1200 600 1130400 11 10
600 1000 1300 785000 29 23 1100 1300 850 1326650 18 14
600 1100 1600 949850 37 28 1100 1400 1150 1538600 27 19
600 1200 1850 1130400 44 31 1100 1500 1400 1766250 34 22
600 1300 2100 1326650 52 35 1100 1600 16500 2009600 42 26
700 800 550 502400 9 10 1200 1300 600 1326650 11 10
700 900 800 635850 16 15 1200 1400 900 1538600 19 15
700 1000 1050 785000 23 19 1200 1500 1150 1766250 27 18
700 1100 1350 949850 30 23 1200 1600 1400 2009600 35 22
700 1200 1600 1130400 38 27 1300 1400 650 1538600 12 11
700 1300 1850 1326650 45 31 1300 1500 900 1766250 20 14
700 1400 2150 1538600 54 35 1300 1600 1150 2009600 28 18
800 900 550 635850 10 10 1400 1500 650 1766250 12 10
800 1000 800 785000 16 14 1400 1600 900 2009600 20 14
800 1100 1100 949850 24 19 1500 1600 650 2009600 12 10
* WF = effective area - Movement absorption is for a bellow design with 6 bar operating pressure.
- Other f ange connection dimensions available on request.
- Special overall lengths and nominal diameter are possible in individual cases.
Length limiters / Tie rods

It is advisable to use tie rods/shear limiters on these expansion joints


(Design M - see illustration), as the conical bellow is inflated by the
rise in pressure, which shortens the expansion joint and applies high
tensile force to the connections.

It is also available with tie rods only (Design E).

70
WILLBRANDT Pipe Connector WRG Type 60

DN 20 - DN 200

Type 60 is an uncorrugated solid rubber pipe connector with vulcanised steel flanges. Its straight,
uncorrugated passage means that it achieves very low flow resistance. Due to its design, it can
only absorb slight surface vibration and insulate sound, but cannot be used as a expansion joint
to absorb movement. It is made from EPDM rubber .

Type 60 is mainly used on pumps, machines and apparaturs in building technology in order to
absorb surface vibration and insulate sound. It can also be used to for a galvanic separation
and to prevent damage to pipes made from dif ferent materials.

Bellow design Smooth, cylindrical rubber body with Flange version Vulcanised steel flanges with threaded
vulcanised flange rings. The rubber- blind holes (drilled according to
metal pipe connector is self-sealing DIN PN 6 or PN 10).
(no additional seals required).

Approvals TÜV certification according to DIN 4809


Temperature/Pressure 100/110 °C at 10/6 bar standard for heating systems.

Dimensions
DN Length Bellow Flange PN 6 Flange PN 10
WF* ØD ØPCD Screw dimensions Weight ØD ØPCD Screw dimensions Weight

mm mm2 mm mm kg mm mm kg
20 70 300 90 65 4 x M10 x 25 1.0 105 75 4 x M12 x 30 1.8
25 70 300 100 75 4 x M10 x 25 1.5 115 85 4 x M12 x 30 2.2
32 70 800 120 90 4 x M12 x 30 2.2 140 100 4 x M16 x 30 3.3
40 70 1300 130 100 4 x M12 x 30 2.6 150 110 4 x M16 x 30 3.7
50 70 2000 140 110 4 x M12 x 30 2.8 165 125 4 x M16 x 30 4.2
65 70 3300 160 130 4 x M12 x 30 3.7 185 145 4 x M16 x 30 5.2
80 70 5000 190 150 4 x M16 x 35 5.2 200 160 8 x M16 x 35 5.7
100 70 7900 210 170 4 x M16 x 35 5.8 220 180 8 x M16 x 35 6.5
125 70 12300 240 200 8 x M16 x 35 6.9 250 210 8 x M20 x 40 8.1
150 70 17700 265 225 8 x M16 x 35 8.3 295 240 8 x M20 x 40 10.0
200 70 / 90 31400 - - - - 340 295 8 x M20 x 45 14.7

* WF = effective area

Important
Type 60 CANNOT absorb any axial, lateral or angular movement.
planning and
It is only suitable for insulating against high-frequency vibration and for
installation a galvanic separation of two pipes.
instructions
It must be installed completely stress-free in the pipe. To do this, it
is necessary to include the appropriate fixed points and plain bearings.
When tightening the flange bolts, ensure that you use the criss-cross
tightening sequence. The maximum tightening torque is 30 N/m. It
should only be fitted using hexagon head bolts according to ISO 4017
and a washer. The correct bolt length must be used (see installation
instructions).

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

71
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 61

DN 50 - DN 1500

Type 61 is a handmade low-corrugated rubber expansion joint that achieves very low flow
resistance because of its low-corrugated bellow geometry. Both ends of the bellow are
cylindrical for fixing clamps. It is also characterised by very high movement absorption in all
directions and its variety of rubber qualities, which means that a suitable rubber compound
is available for almost every application (see material descriptions on the following pages).

Type 61 is used in plant engineering, engine construction, ventilation technology and waste-
water technology, where it is specifically used to absorb movement and vibration and to
insulate sound.

Bellow design Low-corrugated rubber bellow with Connections Sleeve ends for ISO pipes (standard)
reinforcement. Both ends cylindrical for for fixing clamps. The clamp width should
fixing clamps. The standard bellow is be at least 20 mm (up to 3 bar: one clamp
corrugated. per side; above 3 bar: two clamps per
Uncorrugated and multi-corrugated side).
versions for greater movement absorption
are possible.
Approvals/Conformity Drinking water,
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform
Vacuum resistance Can only be used for vacuum
applications with a vacuum supporting
Accessories - Fixing clamps
spiral/ring.
- Potential equalisation (vulcanised braid)
- Flame-resistant protective covers
- Dust and splash protection covers

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

72
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 61

Application

Type 61 red (EPDM) Type 61 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 61 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 61 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 61 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 61 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 61 red, but approved for drinking water .
Type 61 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 61 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 61 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 61 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Type 61 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 61 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 61 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 61 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 61 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 61 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 61 green (CSM)


Type 61 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
Like Type 61 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
air containing oil.

Type 61 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 61 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 61 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 61 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High
Type 61 white-grey (NBR beige)
chemical resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic,
Like Type 61 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
chlorinated hydrocarbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic
food-grade. Not approved for drinking water!
content of more than 50 %. For temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 61 grey (CR)


Type 61 silicone (silicone/glass fibre or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C. No resistance to
Type 61 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) fuels.
Like Type 61 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 61 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 61 blue, but with aramid fabric.

73
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 61

Type 61-1 - single-corrugated

Can be used for movement absorption in any direction (for combined


movements, see the movement diagram in the technical appendix),
noise and vibration insulation.

The expansion joint’s reaction force must be absorbed using suitable


pipes with corresponding fixed, floating and plain bearings.

Dimensions - Type 61-1


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10 Movement absorption Pressure
BL di WF* Cylinder end Installation gap Clamp axial axial lateral angular Max.
H B C + - ± ±
mm mm cm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm  bar
50 250 60.3 155 55 140 20 15 30 25 21.8 6
65 250 76.1 191 55 140 20 15 30 25 17.1 6
80 250 88.9 224 55 140 20 15 30 25 14.0 6
100 250 114.1 297 55 140 20 15 30 25 11.3 6
125 250 139.7 379 55 140 20 15 30 25 9.1 6
150 250 168.3 484 55 140 20 15 30 25 7.6 6
200 250 219.1 703 55 140 20 15 30 25 5.7 6
250 250 273.0 979 55 140 20 15 30 25 4.6 6
300 250 323.9 1281 55 140 20 15 30 25 3.8 6
350 250 355.6 1292 65 120 25 15 30 15 3.3 6
400 250 406.4 1636 65 120 25 10 30 15 2.9 6
450 250 457.0 2020 65 120 25 10 30 15 2.5 6
500 250 508.0 2445 65 120 25 10 30 15 2.3 6
600 250 610.0 3417 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.9 4
650 250 660.4 3964 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.8 4
700 250 711.0 4551 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.6 4
750 250 762.0 5178 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.5 4
800 250 813.0 5847 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.4 4
900 250 914.0 7305 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.3 4
1000 250 1016.0 8925 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.3 4
1100 250 1117.6 10496 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.1 3
1200 250 1219.0 12370 65 120 25 10 30 15 1.0 3
1300 250 1320.8 14420 65 120 25 10 30 15 0.9 2
1400 250 1422.0 16627 65 120 25 10 30 15 0.8 2
1500 250 1524.0 18991 65 120 25 10 30 15 0.8 2

* WF = effective area - Intermediate sizes and alterations to the overall length are available upon request.
- Greater movement absorption is possible by altering the overall length / corrugation profile and
switching to a multi-corrugated type (up to 5 corrugations).
- The use of a vacuum supporting ring (Type 61-...V) reduces the movement absorption by 60 %
Designs (axial: +; angular: +/-).

Type 61-0 - uncorrugated Type 61-2 - double-corrugated

Can be used to absorb Can be used to absorb


vibration and insulate sound. movement in any direction
Cannot be used to absorb (for combined movements,
axial movement. see the movement diagram
in the technical appendix), to
absorb vibration and to insulate
sound.

Important Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system,
information as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

74
WILLBRANDT Drainage Hose Type 62

DN 50 - DN 600

Type 62 is a handmade, low multi-corrugated rubber hose. Its multiple corrugation


makes it very flexible and results in very low inherent resistance. Its installation length
is also very flexible. Both ends of the hose are cylindrical for fixing clamps.

Type 62 is used to absorb movement and vibration in bridge and building drainage.
It is designed for the high temperature fluctuations and wide variety of media in these
applications.

Construction Continuous low-corrugated rubber hose Pressure resistance Max. operating pressure: 0.5 bar;
with reinforcement; integrated, covered or: 0.3 bar vacuum.
steel wire spiral and spiral-free cylindrical
sleeve ends for fixing clamps.
Connections Sleeve ends for ISO pipes (standard) for
fixing clamps. Other connection standards
Material Chloroprene (CR) with polyamide (e.g. SML pipe or special dimensions) are
cord reinforcement possible.

Temperature Max. 70 °C (depressurized), Accessories - Fixing clamps


or max. 50 °C (0,5 bar) - Potential equalisation
(vulcanised braid)

Dimensions
Bellow Dimensions
DN Li ISO pipe Li SML pipe H S Installation length
mm mm mm mm
50 60.3 58 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
65 76.1 - 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
70 - 78 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
80 88.9 83 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
100 114.3 110 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
125 139.7 135 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
150 168.3 160 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
200 219.1 210 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
250 273.0 274 50 5 - 6 300 - 3000
300 323.9 326 75 5 - 6 300 - 3000
350 355.6 429 75 5 - 6 300 - 3000
400 406.4 - 75 5 - 6 300 - 3000
500 508.0 532 100 5 - 6 300 - 3000
600 610.0 635 100 5 - 6 300 - 3000

Permissible movement absorption (not in combination):

Max. axial - = (installation length - 2 x H) x 0.3 [mm]


Max axial + = only possible with pre-compressed installation length
lateral +/- = (installation length - 2 x H) x 0.15 [mm] = perm. lateral +/-

Special connection dimensions available upon request.

Important
During installation, make a note of the existing temperatures and pre-stress accordingly .
information Clamp torque for GBS clamps: 25 Nm. When ordering, specify the pipe diameter for the sleeve extension.
The bellows should not be painted or insulated.
Please note the installation instructions and tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (page 118)
in the technical appendix!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

75
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 63

Type 63 is a freely moulded rubber expansion joint that is designed and manufactured according
to your specifications and construction dimensions. The cross-section can be round, square,
oval or a combination of these. The multi-corrugated bellow option allows greater movement
absorption. There are also a large number of rubber qualities available, which means that you
can select a suitable rubber compound for almost any application (see the material descriptions
on the following pages).

Type 63 is used to compensate movement, offsets and vibration in air, water and chemical plants.

Bellow design Reinforced rubber bellow. Choice of Fixing The type of clamp / tension bands and the
cylindrical ends for fixing clamps/tension type of holes for the backing flange can be
bands, clamping bars, or a moulded, freely selected.
pressure-resistant solid rubber flange,
self-sealing (no additional seal necessary),
Approvals/Conformity Drinking water approval
suitable for backing flanges. The bellow
FDA and EG 1935/2004 conform
can be uncorrugated, single-/multi-
corrugated or pleated.
Accessories - Potential equalisation (vulcanised braid)
- Guided sleeves
Pressure resistance Max. operating pressure: 10 bar → As this
- Flame-resistant protective covers
is a free-form item, the max. permissible
- Dust and splash protection covers
pressure is very dependent on the precise
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods
form!
- Tie rods

Vacuum resistance Only vacuum-resistant with a vacuum


supporting ring.

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Permissible operating data
Colour Colour Core Reinforce- Cover Max.
code marking (inner) ment (outer) temperature
°C °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar °C bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white/red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
red EPDM AF Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow-grey NBR Polyamide CR 100
white-grey NBR beige Polyamide CR 100
grey CR Polyamide CR 90
red-blue-red EPDM Aramid EPDM 100
Expansion joints will designed according to
blue-blue-blue EPDM TW Aramid EPDM 100
your operating parameters.
white-blue-red EPDM beige Aramid EPDM 100
orange-blue-orange EPDM HT Aramid EPDM HT 125
red-blue-red EPDM AF Aramid EPDM 100
green-blue-green CSM Aramid CSM 100
yellow-blue-grey NBR Aramid CR 100
white-blue-grey NBR beige Aramid CR 100
grey-blue-grey CR Aramid CR 90
lilac-blue-lilac FPM Aramid FPM 180
- - Silicone Aramid Silicone 180
- - Silicone Glass fabric Silicone 200

Important
For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information
The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

76
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 63

Application

Type 63 red (EPDM) Type 63 white-blue-red AF (EPDM beige/aramid)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical Like Type 63 white-red, but with aramid fabric.
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
Type 63 orange-blue-orange AF (EPDM HT/aramid)
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Like Type 63 red, but with aramid fabric and for temperatures
up to +125 °C.
Type 63 blue (EPDM TW)
Like Type 63 red, but approved for drinking water.
Type 63 red-blue-red AF (EPDM AF/aramid)
Like Type 63 red AF, but with aramid fabric.
Type 63 white-red (EPDM beige)
Like Type 63 red, but with light-coloured rubber in food-grade.
Type 63 green-blue-green (CSM/aramid)
Like Type 63 green, but with aramid fabric.
Type 63 red AF (EPDM AF)
Like Type 63 red, but with abrasion-resistant EPDM rubber
Type 63 yellow-blue-grey (NBR/aramid)
compound.
Like Type 63 yellow-grey, but with aramid fabric.

Type 63 green (CSM)


Type 63 white-blue-grey (NBR white/aramid)
For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
Like Type 63 white-grey, but with aramid fabric.
air containing oil.

Type 63 grey-blue-grey (CR/aramid)


Type 63 yellow-grey (NBR)
Like Type 63 grey, but with aramid fabric.
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Type 63 lilac-blue-lilac (FPM/aramid)
For flue gas desulphurisation systems and bio-diesel. High chemical
Type 63 white-grey (NBR beige)
resistance to benzene, xylene, toluene, aromatic, chlorinated hydro-
Like Type 63 yellow-grey, but with light-coloured internal rubber in
carbons, mineral acids and fuels with an aromatic content of more
food-grade. Not approved for drinking water!
than 50 %. For temperatures of up to +180 °C.

Type 63 grey (CR)


Type 63 silicone (silicone/glass fibre or aramid)
For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Suitable for hot air, acetic acid. Satisfactory resistance to aliphatic
water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
engine and gear oils. Also available in foodstuff quality. Excellent
compressed air containing oil.
resistance to ageing, UV, ozone and weather. Very good radiation
resistance. Not for use with steam above 120 °C. No resistance to
Type 63 red-blue-red (EPDM/aramid) fuels.
Like Type 63 red, but with aramid fabric.

Note!
Type 63 blue-blue-blue AF (EPDM TW/aramid)
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.
Like Type 63 blue, but with aramid fabric.

77
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 63

Examples of
A B C
cross-sections

E
D

Examples
of bellow 1 2 3 4 5

designs

6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13

Important
Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your pipe system,
information
as well as the tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (see the technical appendix on page 1 18)!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions (p. 97 - 116).
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

78
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 64

The type 64 expansion joint is a flexible expansion joint made from pre-formed sheets and
is vulcanised or heated into its final form, depending on the material. The dimensions of
the expansion joint are based on the construction dimensions and the required movement
absorption. There are no standard dimensions for this particular type.

Application areas include stress-free installation of fans and blowers, the bulk handling
and materials handling.

Bellow design The expansion joint bellows comprise Fixing Both flange connection and cylindrical
a layer of rubber sheeting with a fabric ends for fixing clamps possible.
section that overlaps in the area of
impact and is vulcanised or heated.
Accessories - Potential equalisation
There are corrugated and uncorrugated
- Guide sleeves
versions in order to absorb the prescribed
- Dust and splash protection covers
movements.
- Earth cover / sun protection hoods

Pressure resistance Max. +/-0.4 bar (also dependent on the


free installation length)

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design Thickness max. temperature max. pressure Version
Colour Colour Core Rein- Cover
code marking (inner) forcement (outer)
mm °C bar bar
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 3.0 120 -0.4 +0.4 Soft
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 4.0 120 -0.4 +0.4 Standard
lilac* FPM Polyamide FPM 4.0 200 -0.4 +0.4 Standard
yellow NBR Polyamide NBR 4.0 90 -0.4 +0.4 Standard
grey CR CR 3.0 90 -0.4 +0.4 Standard
* Only without convolution (bellow profiles type 64-2 and type 64-4).

Application

Type 64 red Type 64 grey (CR)


For hot and cold air and bulk materials. Good resistance to weather, For air containing oils/fats, flue gases from treatment plants and bulk
ageing and ozone. Not suitable for oil products of any kind or cooling materials.
water with additives containing oil.

Type 64 lilac
Note!
For aggressive exhaust air, flue gas and bulk materials.
Detailed material descriptions on pages 5 - 7.

Type 64 yellow
For air containing oils/fats, gases and bulk materials.

axial + axial - lateral ±

∆  0.3 x BL ∆  0.5 x BL ∆  0.1 x BL

79
WILLBRANDT Rubber Expansion Joint Type 64

Bellows profiles

Type 64-1 Type 64-2

Uncorrugated with straight ends for round or Corrugated with straight ends for round or
square versions square versions

Type 64-3
Type 64-4
Uncorrugated with flange connection for round or
Corrugated with flange connection for round or
square versions
square versions

Cross-sections

Cross-sections with straight ends for f xing Cross-sections for


clamps and mounting bars f ange mounting

Important
For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information
The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please note the installation instructions and
tolerances as per the FSA Handbook (page 118) in the technical appendix!
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

80
WILLBRANDT Wall Seal Type 65

DN 80 - DN 5000

Type 65 is a freely moulded rubber wall seal that is designed and manufactured according
to your specifications and construction dimensions. The connection can be via clamp, flange
or a combination of these. There are also a large number of rubber qualities available, which
means that you can select a suitable rubber compound for almost any application (see the
material descriptions on the following pages).

Type 65 is used in power stations, plant engineering, valve shafts, power houses and
pumping stations, where it is used to seal pipes from groundwater, and to compensate
building settlement and shear forces.

Bellow design Reinforced rubber bellow available in Fixing Both flange connection and cylindrical
corrugated and uncorrugated versions. ends for fixing clamps possible.
There is a choice of connection:
cylindrical ends for fixing clamps
Supporting ring In the case of external pressure
and/or internal or external solid
(e.g. groundwater) please use a
rubber flanges to accommodate
supporting ring.
backing/clamping flanges.

Accessories - Supporting ring


Pressure resistance Max. internal pressure: 2.5 bar.
- Potential equalisation
In the case of external pressure
- Drainage hose
(e.g. groundwater) please use a
- Earth cover/sun protection hoods
supporting ring.

Specifications
Bellow Bellow design
Colour- Colour Core Reinforcement Cover Max.
code marking (inner) (outer) temperature
°C
red EPDM Polyamide EPDM 100
blue EPDM TW Polyamide EPDM 100
white-red EPDM beige Polyamide EPDM 100
green CSM Polyamide CSM 100
yellow NBR Polyamide CR 90
grey CR Polyamide CR 80

Appliction

Type 65 red (EPDM) Type 65 green (CSM)


For water, sea water, cooling water with glycol or other chemical For chemicals, aggressive, chemical wastewater and compressor
additives for treating water, saline solutions, weak acids and weak air containing oil.
alkali solutions. Unsuitable for aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated
hydrocarbons, oil or oily media.
Type 65 yellow (NBR)
For oils, fats, gases, diesel fuels, kerosene and crude oil. Not suitable
Type 65 blue (EPDM TW) for aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons, esters and ketones.
Like Type 65 red, but approved for drinking water.

Type 65 grey (CR)


Type 65 white-red (EPDM beige) For water, wastewater, swimming pool water, salt water, cooling
Like Type 65 red, but with rubber in food-grade. water with anti-corrosive products containing oil, oil mixtures and
compressed air containing oil.

81
WILLBRANDT Wall Seal Type 65

Type 65-0 Type 65-1 Type 65-2

with cylindrical ends on both sides for fixing Flange connection on both sides, freely selectable Flange connection on both sides, corrugated,
clamps, pressure: 1 bar, up to DIN 1000 flange standard, pressure: -0.5 to +2.5 bar, up to freely selectable flange standard, pressure: 2.5 bar,
DN 4000 without supporting ring, up to DN 4000

Type 65-2S Example of installation - Earth protection cover Recommended installation

Flange connection on both sides, corrugated, with in ground with earth protection cover and bellow for wall seals with pressures greater than 2.5 bar, we
supporting ring, freely selectable flange standard, with inner supporting ring, up to DN 4000 recommend a rubber expansion joint solution up to
pressure: -1 to +2.5 bar, up to DN 4000 DN 4000, this makes pressures up to 30 bar possible.

Example of dimensions - Type 65-2


Wall pipe*1 Medium pipe*1 Overall length*2 Bellow Movement absorption*4
DN 1 min. DN 2 PN BL WF*3 axial axial*5 lateral angular
- + ± ±
mm mm2 mm mm mm 
200 80 PN 10 200 1057 45 17 26 7.7
250 100 PN 10 200 1057 45 26 26 7.7
300 125 PN 10 200 1365 45 26 36 9.8
350 150 PN 10 200 1712 45 26 35 7.4
400 200 PN 10 200 2098 45 26 35 7.4
450 250 PN 10 200 2524 45 26 34 5.9
500 300 PN 10 200 2988 45 26 34 5.9
600 350 PN 10 200 4036 45 26 33 5.0
700 450 PN 10 200 5240 45 26 33 4.2
700 500 PN 10 200 5240 45 26 33 4.2
800 600 PN 10 200 6601 45 26 33 3.7
1000 700 PN 10 200 9794 45 26 32 3.0
1000 750 PN 10 200 9794 45 26 32 3.0
1050 800 PN 10 200 10691 45 26 31 2.5
1200 900 PN 10 200 13616 45 26 31 2.5
1300 1000 PN 10 200 15762 45 26 31 2.1
1500 1100 ANSI B16 150 lbs 200 20525 45 26 31 1.9
1500 1200 PN 6 200 20525 45 26 31 1.9
1700 1300 ANSI B16 150 lbs 200 25917 45 26 30 1.7
1700 1400 PN 6 200 25917 45 26 30 1.7
2000 1500 ANSI B16 150 lbs 200 35181 45 26 30 1.5
*1 Catalogue example for a medium pipe according to DIN standards. Other standards (e.g. ANSI, BS, JIS) are also available.
*2 Other overall lengths possible.
*3 WF = effective area
*4 It is also possible to provide the wall seal with greater movement by altering the overall length.
*5 If an internal supporting ring (Type 65-2S) is used, the axial+ movement is reduced to 9 mm.

Important
For aggressive media, please see the resistance table (can be requested separately).
information
The bellows should not be painted or insulated. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

82
WILLBRANDT PTFE Expansion Joint Type 80

DN 25 - DN 600

Type 80 is a 3- or 5-corrugated PTFE expansion joint that is hot-formed under pressure from
extruded PTFE tubing. The fibers are executed without interruption. It is characterised by its
high level of media resistance and movement absorption.

Type 80 is primarily used in chemical plants to absorb movement, insulate sound and compensate
offsets. Its high level of elasticity and low stiffness rates means that it can also be used in pipes
made from fragile materials such as glass, graphite or enamel.

Bellow design Multi-corrugated, pure PTFE bellow with Flange version Steel S235JRG2, primed. Standard
external stainless steel supporting rings version delivered with flange with
from 1.4301. PTFE bead on both sides tie rods and clearance holes (drilled
for steel flanges with integrated tie rods. according to DIN PN 10). Other flange
Standard version: white PTFE, electrically versions and materials are possible.
insulating. Special version: black PTFE,
electrically conductive.
Special accessories - PTFE guide sleeves
- Potential equalisation
Pressure resistance Max. operating pressure: 10 bar, - Flame-resistant protective covers
depending on the temperature - Dust and splash protection covers
→ see tables - Earth cover/sun protection hoods

Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004

Standard version, 3-corrugated - with tie rods Standard version, 5-corrugated - with tie rods

Important
No additional seals are required for normal, flat flange connections up to DN 300.
information
From DN 350 and in the case of glass components or other connecting parts it is necessary
to use elastic seals made of TFM with reinforcement (please refer to the required surface pressure).
PTFE expansion joints may not be subject to torsion or vibration.
The bellows should not be painted. Please refer to the installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

83
WILLBRANDT PTFE Expansion Joint Type 80

Permissible pressure loading at temperature (3-corrugated)


DN Temperature / Pressure
20 °C 40 °C 60 °C 80 °C 100 °C 120 °C 140 °C 160 °C 180 °C 200 °C 220 °C

20 - 40 10.00 bar 10.00 bar 10.00 bar 10.00 bar 10.00 bar 9.50 bar 8.00 bar 7.50 bar 5.50 bar 5.00 bar 4.50 bar
50 10.00 bar 8.70 bar 7.70 bar 6.70 bar 5.80 bar 5.20 bar 4.30 bar 4.00 bar 3.50 bar 3.20 bar 3.00 bar
65 - 80 10.00 bar 8.70 bar 7.50 bar 6.50 bar 5.60 bar 4.80 bar 4.10 bar 3.50 bar 2.80 bar 2.50 bar 2.20 bar
100 - 150 8.50 bar 7.50 bar 6.50 bar 5.60 bar 4.80 bar 4.30 bar 3.50 bar 2.80 bar 2.40 bar 2.00 bar 1.60 bar
200 - 250 7.00 bar 6.10 bar 5.30 bar 4.50 bar 3.80 bar 3.30 bar 2.70 bar 2.30 bar 1.70 bar 1.40 bar 1.20 bar
300 - 350 6.00 bar 4.90 bar 4.20 bar 3.40 bar 2.80 bar 2.50 bar 2.10 bar 1.70 bar 1.40 bar 1.20 bar 0.90 bar
400 - 450 4.50 bar 3.60 bar 3.00 bar 2.50 bar 2.20 bar 1.80 bar 1.50 bar 1.30 bar 1.00 bar 0.80 bar 0.80 bar
500 - 600 3.00 bar 2.50 bar 2.00 bar 1.60 bar 2.30 bar 1.10 bar 0.80 bar 0.60 bar 0.50 bar 0.40 bar 0.40 bar
700 1.80 bar 1.70 bar 1.60 bar 1.50 bar 1.30 bar 1.20 bar 1.10 bar 0.90 bar 0.80 bar 0.70 bar 0.60 bar
800 - 900 1.50 bar 1.40 bar 1.30 bar 1.20 bar 1.10 bar 1.00 bar 0.90 bar 0.80 bar 0.60 bar 0.50 bar 0.40 bar
1000 - 1200 1.00 bar 0.90 bar 0.80 bar 0.70 bar 0.65 bar 0.60 bar 0.55 bar 0.50 bar 0.40 bar 0.30 bar 0.20 bar

Permissible pressure loading at temperature (5-corrugated)


DN Temperature / Pressure
20 °C 40 °C 60 °C 80 °C 100 °C 120 °C 140 °C 160 °C 180 °C 200 °C 220 °C

20 - 40 7.00 bar 6.00 bar 5.50 bar 5.00 bar 4.50 bar 4.00 bar 3.80 bar 3.10 bar 2.90 bar 2.60 bar 2.30 bar
50 7.00 bar 6.20 bar 5.60 bar 5.10 bar 4.80 bar 4.30 bar 4.00 bar 3.70 bar 3.40 bar 3.00 bar 2.80 bar
65 - 80 4.25 bar 3.75 bar 3.25 bar 2.80 bar 2.40 bar 2.15 bar 1.75 bar 1.40 bar 1.20 bar 1.00 bar 0.80 bar
100 - 150 4.25 bar 3.75 bar 3.25 bar 2.80 bar 2.40 bar 2.15 bar 1.75 bar 1.40 bar 1.20 bar 1.00 bar 0.80 bar
200 - 250 3.50 bar 3.05 bar 2.65 bar 2.25 bar 1.90 bar 1.65 bar 1.35 bar 1.15 bar 0.85 bar 0.70 bar 0.60 bar
300 - 350 3.00 bar 2.45 bar 2.10 bar 1.70 bar 1.40 bar 1.25 bar 1.05 bar 0.85 bar 0.70 bar 0.60 bar 0.45 bar
400 - 450 2.25 bar 1.80 bar 1.50 bar 1.25 bar 1.10 bar 0.90 bar 0.75 bar 0.65 bar 0.50 bar 0.40 bar 0.40 bar
500 - 600 1.50 bar 1.25 bar 1.00 bar 0.80 bar 1.15 bar 0.55 bar 0.40 bar 0.30 bar 0.25 bar 0.20 bar 0.20 bar

Permissible vacuum loading at temperature (3-corrugated)


DN Temperature / Pressure
20 °C 40 °C 60 °C 80 °C 100 °C 120 °C 140 °C 160 °C 180 °C 200 °C 220 °C

20 - 40 -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -0.96 bar
25 - 50 -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -0.96 bar -0.91 bar -0.85 bar -0.79 bar -0.70 bar -0.63 bar -
65 - 80 -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -0.96 bar -0.91 bar -0.85 bar -0.79 bar -0.70 bar -0.63 bar -
100 - 150 -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -0.96 bar -0.90 bar -0.81 bar -0.74 bar -0.66 bar -0.58 bar -0.46 bar -0.35 bar -
200 - 250 -1.00 bar -0.91 bar -0.85 bar -0.79 bar -0.70 bar -0.62 bar -0.53 bar -0.43 bar -0.30 bar -0.20 bar -
300 - 350 -0.80 bar -0.74 bar -0.66 bar -0.59 bar -0.49 bar -0.40 bar -0.28 bar -0.18 bar - - -
400 - 450 -0.75 bar -0.69 bar -0.61 bar -0.55 bar -0.45 bar -0.32 bar -0.22 bar -0.13 bar - - -
500 - 600 -0.69 bar -0.64 bar -0.56 bar -0.49 bar -0.39 bar -0.29 bar -0.18 bar - - - -
700 - - - - - - - - - - -
800 - 900 - - - - - - - - - - -
1000 - 1200 - - - - - - - - - - -

Note: Type 80 (5-corrugated) is not suitable for vacuum loading.

Important
Type 80 (5-corrugated) is not suitable for vacuum loading.
information
For higher pressures, please refer to Type 80 HD.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

84
WILLBRANDT PTFE Expansion Joint Type 80

Dimensions - Type 80 (3-corrugated)


DN Length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption*3 Stiffness rates*4 Weight
BL b WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral axial lateral
+ - ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm kg
20 45 3.0 2400 105 75 M12 4 10 58 10 10 6 18 20 1.9
25 45 3.0 2400 115 85 M12 4 10 68 10 10 6 18 20 1.9
32 50 3.0 3300 140 100 M16 4 10 78 10 10 6 38 25 2.3
40 50 3.0 4000 150 110 M16 4 12 88 15 15 6 44 28 2.9
50 75 3.5 4200 165 125 18 4 15 98 15 15 15 50 45 6.0
65 75 3.0 5500 185 145 18 8 15 118 22 22 17 40 50 7.0
80 100 3.0 9000 200 160 18 8 15 122 25 25 17 40 60 8.0
100 100 3.5 13500 220 180 18 8 15 148 25 25 18 50 90 10.0
125 125 4.0 19000 250 210 18 8 18 174 28 28 18 60 110 12.0
150 150 4.0 29500 285 240 22 8 18 200 28 28 20 100 150 15.0
200 150 4.0 46000 340 295 22 8 20 256 28 28 10 150 180 20.0
250 150 4.0 67000 395 350 22 12 25 303 28 28 8 150 200 35.0
300 150 4.0 94000 445 400 22 12 25 360 30 30 6 150 200 48.0
350 150 4.5 108000 505 460 22 16 25 402 30 30 6 200 270 57.0
400 150 4.0 140000 565 515 26 16 25 453 30 30 5 200 270 70.0
450 150 3.5 180000 615 565 26 20 25 513 30 30 5 250 290 78.0
500 150 4.0 210000 670 620 26 20 25 564 30 30 4 300 350 86.0
600 175 4.0 310000 780 725 30 20 30 658 30 30 2 300 350 125.0
700 190 3.0 441500 895 840 30 24 35 800 35 35 2 350 410 136.0
800 190 3.0 570000 1015 950 33 24 35 905 35 35 2 380 490 146.0
900 215 3.0 712000 1115 1050 33 28 35 1005 35 35 2 400 530 184.0
1000 240 3.0 874000 1230 1160 36 28 35 1110 35 35 2 425 570 214.0
1200 190 3.0 1256100 1455 1380 39 32 35 1330 35 35 2 460 620 275.0

*1 WF = effective area
*2 Other dimensions (e.g. according to DIN PN 6, 16, ANSI b16,5 150 lbs) are available upon request.
*3 The movement absorption values are maximum values and must not occur in combination. Please refer to the movement diagram in the technical appendix.
*4The stiffness rates are valid for 20 °C +/- 25 %. At higher temperatures the stiffness rate can fall by up to 50 %.

Dimensions - Type 80 (5-corrugated)


Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption*3 Stiffness rates*4 Weight
DN Overall b WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial axial lateral axial lateral
length BL + - ±
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N/mm kg
20 70 3.0 2400 105 75 M12 4 10 58 15 15 8 11 18 1.9
25 70 3.0 2400 115 85 M12 4 10 68 15 15 8 11 18 1.9
32 75 3.0 3300 140 100 M16 4 10 78 15 15 8 23 25 2.3
40 75 3.0 4000 150 110 M16 4 12 88 20 20 8 27 32 2.9
50 100 3.5 4200 165 125 18 4 15 98 20 20 25 30 35 6.5
65 100 3.0 5500 185 145 18 8 15 118 35 35 30 35 40 7.5
80 125 3.0 9000 200 160 18 8 15 122 40 40 30 35 45 9.0
100 150 3.5 13500 220 180 18 8 15 148 40 40 30 35 60 11.0
125 175 4.0 19000 250 210 18 8 18 174 45 45 32 40 80 13.0
150 225 4.0 29500 285 240 22 8 18 200 45 45 32 80 120 17.0
200 225 4.0 46000 340 295 22 8 20 256 45 45 32 100 150 22.0
250 225 4.0 67000 395 350 22 12 25 303 45 45 15 100 170 37.0
300 225 4.0 94000 445 400 22 12 25 360 50 50 10 120 170 50.0
350 225 4.5 108000 505 460 22 16 25 402 50 50 8 160 250 59.0
400 225 4.0 140000 565 515 26 16 25 453 50 50 8 200 230 72.0
450 225 3.5 180000 615 565 26 20 25 513 50 50 7 200 240 80.0
500 225 4.0 210000 670 620 26 20 25 564 50 50 7 250 300 89.0
600 250 4.0 310000 780 725 30 20 30 658 50 50 6 250 300 130.0
*1 WF = effective area
*2 Other dimensions (e.g. according to DIN PN 6, 16, ANSI b16,5 150 lbs) are available upon request.
*3 The movement absorption values are maximum values and must not occur in combination. Please refer to the movement diagram in the technical appendix.
*4The stiffness rate are valid for 20 °C +/- 25 %. At higher temperatures the stiffness rate can fall by up to 50 %.

Important
Please note the appropriate f xed point constructions and plain bearings in your
information
piping system! For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

85
WILLBRANDT PTFE Expansion Joint Type 80 HD

DN 25 - DN 600

Type 80 is a 2- to 10-corrugated PTFE expansion joint that is hot-formed from wound foil piping
under pressure. The material is homogeneous, has no pores and the forming process ensures
a redirection of the material fibers without interuption. It is characterised by its high level of
pressure resistance, media resistance and movement absorption.

Type 80 HD is primarily used in chemical plants to absorb movement, insulate sound and
compensate offsets. Its high level of elasticity and low stiffness rates means that it can
also be used in pipes made from fragile materials such as glass, graphite or enamel.

Bellow design Multi-corrugated, pure PTFE bellow with Pressure resistance Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
stainless-steel external stainless-steel (depending on the temperature
supporting rings from 1.4301. PTFE bead → see tables)
on both sides for steel flanges with
integrated tie rods. Standard version:
Special accessories - PTFE guide sleeves
white PTFE, electrically insulating.
- Potential equalisation
Special version: black PTFE, electrically
- Flame-resistant protective covers
conductive.
- Dust and splash protection covers
- Earth cover/sun protection hoods
Flange version Spheroidal graphite iron GGG40, primed.
Standard version delivered with flange
Conformity FDA and EG 1935/2004
and tie rods and threaded bolt holes
(drilled according to DIN PN 10). Other
flange versions and materials are possible.

Standard version, 3-corrugated - with tie rods Standard version, 5-corrugated - with tie rods

Important
No additional seals are required for normal, flat flange connections up to DN 300.
information
From DN 350 and in the case of glass components or other connecting parts it is necessary
to use elastic seals made of TFM with reinforcement (please refer to the required surface pressure).
PTFE expansion joints may not be subject to torsion or vibration. Please refer to the installation
instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

86
WILLBRANDT PTFE Expansion Joint Type 80 HD

Permissible pressure loading at temperature


Quantity Temperature / Pressure
Waves -40 °C -20 °C 20 °C 40 °C 60 °C 80 °C 100 °C 120 °C 140 °C 160 °C 180 °C 200 °C 220 °C

2 12.0 bar 14.0 bar 16.0 bar 16.0 bar 15.0 bar 14.1 bar 12.5 bar 10.7 bar 10.0 bar 8.8 bar 7.1 bar 5.5 bar 3.0 bar
3 12.0 bar 14.0 bar 16.0 bar 16.0 bar 15.0 bar 14.1 bar 12.5 bar 10.7 bar 10.0 bar 8.8 bar 7.1 bar 5.5 bar 3.0 bar
4 6.0 bar 8.0 bar 10.0 bar 10.0 bar 9.5 bar 9.0 bar 8.0 bar 6.8 bar 6.1 bar 5.2 bar 4.7 bar 3.5 bar 2.0 bar
5 6.0 bar 8.0 bar 10.0 bar 10.0 bar 9.5 bar 9.0 bar 8.0 bar 6.8 bar 6.1 bar 5.2 bar 4.7 bar 3.5 bar 2.0 bar
6 6.0 bar 8.0 bar 10.0 bar 10.0 bar 9.5 bar 9.0 bar 8.0 bar 6.8 bar 6.1 bar 5.2 bar 4.7 bar 3.5 bar 2.0 bar
7 2.0 bar 4.0 bar 6.0 bar 6.0 bar 5.8 bar 5.3 bar 4.8 bar 4.0 bar 3.7 bar 3.0 bar 2.7 bar 2.0 bar 1.0 bar
8 2.0 bar 4.0 bar 6.0 bar 6.0 bar 5.8 bar 5.3 bar 4.8 bar 4.0 bar 3.7 bar 3.0 bar 2.7 bar 2.0 bar 1.0 bar
9 2.0 bar 4.0 bar 6.0 bar 6.0 bar 5.8 bar 5.3 bar 4.8 bar 4.0 bar 3.7 bar 3.0 bar 2.7 bar 2.0 bar 1.0 bar
10 2.0 bar 4.0 bar 6.0 bar 6.0 bar 5.8 bar 5.3 bar 4.8 bar 4.0 bar 3.7 bar 3.0 bar 2.7 bar 2.0 bar 1.0 bar

A guide sleeve should be used for flow rates of over 3 m/s. This can be made from PTFE for rates of up to 5 m/s.
A stainless steel guide sleeve should be used for flow rates of over 5 m/s.

Permissible vacuum loading at temperature


Quantity Temperature / Pressure
Waves -40 °C -20 °C 20 °C 40 °C 60 °C 80 °C 100 °C 120 °C 140 °C 160 °C 180 °C 200 °C 220 °C

2 -0.5 bar -0.8 bar -1.0 bar -1.0 bar -1.0 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -1.0 bar -0.9 bar -0.7 bar -0.4 bar -0.1 bar -
3 -0.5 bar -0.8 bar -1.0 bar -1.0 bar -1.0 bar -1.00 bar -1.00 bar -0.9 bar -0.7 bar -0.4 bar -0.1 bar - -
4 -0.5 bar -0.8 bar -1.0 bar -1.0 bar -0.9 bar -0.72 bar -0.65 bar -0.5 bar -0.3 bar - - - -
5 -0.5 bar -0.8 bar -1.0 bar -0.9 bar -0.8 bar -0.65 bar -0.50 bar -0.3 bar - - - - -
6 - -0.3 bar -0.3 bar -0.2 bar - - - - - - - - -
7 - -0.3 bar -0.3 bar -0.2 bar - - - - - - - - -
8 - -0.3 bar -0.3 bar -0.2 bar - - - - - - - - -
9 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

A guide sleeve should be used for flow rates of over 3 m/s. This can be made from PTFE for rates of up to 5 m/s.
A stainless steel guide sleeve should be used for flow rates of over 5 m/s.

Stiffness rates
DN / Stiffness rates
Direction of movement 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

axial (N/mm) 21 32 42 58 84 111 147 189 235 286 347 413 576 546 597 658 791
lateral (N/mm) 45 68 90 124 124 237 315 405 782 952 1156 1377 1581 1819 1989 2193 2635

The stiffness rates are valid for 20 °C +/-50 %. At higher temperatures the stiffness rates can fall by up to 50 %

Factor for wave number Factor for temperatures


Number of waves 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Temperature 25 °C 80 °C 120 °C 150 °C
Factor 1,4 1,0 0,8 0,65 0,55 0,45 0,4 0,35 0,3 Factor 1,0 0,65 0,5 0,4

Important
Type 80 (5-corrugated) is not suitable for vacuum loading.
information
++++ We will be happy to send you further information on the individual types and designs. ++++

87
WILLBRANDT PTFE Expansion Joint Type 80 HD

Dimensions - Type 80 HD (2-corrugated / 3-corrugated)


DN Overall length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption*3 Weight
2 corrugations 3 corrugations 3
2 corru- 3 corru- b WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC axial lateral angular*4 axial lateral angular*4 corrugations
gations gations ± ± ±° ± ± ±°
mm mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm  mm mm  kg
25 45 55 3.7 1000 115 85 14 4 12 68 9.0 6.0 13.5 9.0 6.0 13.5 2.5
32 55 65 3.8 1430 140 100 18 4 16 78 9.0 6.0 12.0 9.0 6.0 12.0 3.0
40 55 70 4.0 2500 150 110 18 4 16 88 10.5 7.5 12.0 10.5 7.5 12.0 4.0
50 60 70 4.2 3500 165 125 18 4 16 102 10.5 7.5 10.5 10.5 7.5 10.5 6.0
65 60 80 4.4 6000 185 145 18 8 16 118 12.0 9.0 10.5 12.0 9.0 10.5 7.0
80 65 90 4.7 9000 200 160 18 8 17 122 12.0 9.0 10.5 12.0 9.0 10.5 8.0
100 70 95 5.0 12000 220 180 18 8 18 148 13.5 9.0 9.0 13.5 9.0 9.0 10.0
125 75 100 5.2 19500 250 210 18 8 19 174 13.5 9.0 9.0 13.5 9.0 9.0 12.0
150 75 105 5.5 25500 285 240 22 8 20 200 15.0 9.0 7.5 15.0 9.0 7.5 15.0
200 80 110 5.7 42500 340 295 22 8 20 256 15.0 10.5 6.0 15.0 10.5 6.0 20.0
250 90 120 6.0 63000 395 350 22 12 21 303 16.5 10.5 6.0 16.5 10.5 6.0 35.0
300 95 125 6.3 79000 445 400 22 12 22 360 16.5 10.5 4.5 16.5 10.5 4.5 48.0
350 100 125 6.5 116500 505 460 22 16 22 402 18.0 10.5 4.5 18.0 10.5 4.5 57.0
400 100 135 6.8 145000 565 515 26 16 24 453 18.0 10.5 4.5 18.0 10.5 4.5 70.0
450 100 135 7.0 193200 615 565 26 20 27 533 18.0 10.5 4.5 18.0 10.5 4.5 78.0
500 105 140 7.3 222000 670 620 26 20 27 564 19.5 12.0 4.5 19.5 12.0 4.5 86.0
600 105 140 7.6 312000 780 725 30 20 30 658 19.5 12.0 3.0 19.5 12.0 3.0 125.0

*1 WF = effective area
*2 Other dimensions (e.g. according to DIN PN 6, 16, ANSI b16,5 150 lbs) are available upon request.
*3 The movement absorption values are maximum values and must not occur in combination.
Please refer to the movement diagram in the technical appendix.
*4 Angular movement absorption only possible without tie rods.

Dimensions for Type 80 HD (basic and expansion values 4 to 10 corrugations [max. 10 corrugations])
DN Overall length Bellow Flange PN 10*2 Movement absorption per corrugation*3

4 corrugations b WF*1 ØD ØPCD Ød n s ØC BL axial lateral angular*4


per corrugation ± ± ±°
mm mm mm2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 
25 67 3.7 1000 115 85 14 4.0 12 62 12 3.0 2.0 4.5
32 78 3.8 1430 140 100 18 4.0 16 72 13 3.0 2.0 4.0
40 85 4.0 2500 150 110 18 4.0 16 80 15 3.5 2.5 4.0
50 86 4.2 3500 165 125 18 4.0 16 98 16 3.5 2.5 3.5
65 100 4.4 6000 185 145 18 8.0 16 118 20 4.0 3.0 3.5
80 114 4.7 9000 200 160 18 8.0 17 122 24 4.0 3.0 3.5
100 120 5.0 12000 220 180 18 8.0 18 148 25 4.5 3.0 3.0
125 125 5.2 19500 250 210 18 8.0 19 174 25 4.5 3.0 3.0
150 130 5.5 25500 285 240 22 8.0 20 200 25 5.0 3.0 2.5
200 135 5.7 42500 340 295 22 8.0 20 256 25 5.0 3.5 2.0
250 146 6.0 63000 395 350 22 12.0 21 303 26 5.5 3.5 2.0
300 151 6.3 79000 445 400 22 12.0 22 360 26 5.5 3.5 1.5
350 151 6.5 116500 505 460 22 16.0 22 402 26 6.0 3.5 1.5
400 161 6.8 145000 565 515 26 16.0 24 453 26 6.0 3.5 1.5
450 161 7.0 193200 615 565 26 20.0 27 533 26 6.0 3.5 1.5
500 166 7.3 222000 670 620 26 20.0 27 564 26 5.5 3.0 1.3
600 166 7.6 312000 780 725 30 20.0 30 658 26 5.5 3.0 1.0

*1 WF = effective area
*2 Other dimensions (e.g. according to DIN PN 6, 16, ANSI b16,5 150 lbs) are available upon request.
*3 The movement absorption values are maximum values and must not occur in combination.
Please refer to the movement diagram in the technical appendix.
*4 Angular movement absorption only possible without tie rods.

Important
information Please note the appropriate fixed point constructions and plain bearings in your piping system!
For more information please refer to our installation instructions.
++++ We will be happy to send you further information the individual types and designs. ++++

88
WILLBRANDT Length Limiters / Tie Rods

Rubber expansion joints should be considered as elastic elements in the If this is not possible, there are a number of different length limiters
pipelines Design A (without tie rods), the rubber expansion joint creates that absorb the corresponding reaction forces but do not limit the
reaction forces in the direction of expansion when subject to pressure expansion joint’s freedom of movement (with the exception of axial
(effective area x operating pressure), and reaction forces in the direction movement absorption). In the case of a design with tie rods, only
of compression when subject to negative pressure. These forces must be the stiffness rates from the rubber bellow and the frictional force from
absorbed by the closest fixed points, radial plain bearings or the valve the bearings need to be taken into account for the fixed points.
flange.
Please refer the following rod examples:

Design A
Rubber expansion joints without tie rods, with
swivel flanges or solid rubber flanges, suitable
for movement absorption in any direction.

Fixed point load: Reaction force plus


stiffness rates
Production: 1. DN 20 - DN 1000
2. DN 50 - DN 5000

Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)

Design B
Rubber expansion joint with length limiter to absorb
reaction force. Tie rods in rubber bushings, suitable
for sound and vibration absorption and for lateral
movement absorption.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rate


plus bearing stiffness rate
Production: DN 20 - DN 200
Permissible pressure: DN 20 - DN 150: 16 bar
DN 200: 10 bar

Design C
Rubber expansion joint with length limiter for
absorbing reaction force, tie rods in rubber bushings,
includes thrust limiters for securing bellow. Suitable
for sound and vibration absorption and for lateral
movement absorption.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rate


plus bearing stiffness rate
Production: DN 20 - DN 200
Permissible pressure: DN 20 - DN 150: 16 bar
DN 200: 10 bar

89
WILLBRANDT Length Limiters / Tie Rods

Design E
Rubber expansion joint with length limiter for
absorbing reaction force, tie rods in PTFE-coated
spherical washers and conical sockets, for reduction
of frictional force, external. Suitable for lateral
movement absorption.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rate plus


bearing stiffness rate
Production: 1. DN 200 - DN 1000
2. DN 50 - DN 5000

Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)

Design F
Rubber expansion joint with hinge for absorbing
reaction force, suitable for angular movement
absorption in a single plane. Two hinge expansion
joints with an intermediate pipe can absorb a large
amount of lateral movement. A combination of three
(see fitting examples) can create soft corners in
order to absorb movement in two planes.

Fixed point load: Angular stiffness torque


and frictional torque from
bearings
Production: 1. DN 32 - DN 1000
2. DN 200 - DN 5000 Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)

Design G
Rubber expansion joint with cardan shaft for
absorbing reaction force, suitable for angular
movement absorption in a circular plane. Two
cardan shaft expansion joints with an intermediate
pipe can absorb high lateral movement in two level.
A combination of three (see fitting examples) can
create soft corners in order to absorb movement
in three planes.

Fixed point load: Angular stiffness torque


and frictional torque from
bearings
Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)
Production: 1. DN 32 - DN 1000
2. DN 200 - DN 5000

Design H
Rubber expansion joint with tie rods for absorbing
reaction force, tie rods in PTFE-coated spherical
washers and conical sockets, for reduction of
frictional force. External, with additional adjustable
inner end stop (lock nuts) as thrust limiter. Suitable
for high lateral movement absorption.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rates plus


bearing stiffness rates
Production: 1. DN 200 - DN 1000
2. DN 50 - DN 5000 Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)

90
WILLBRANDT Length Limiters / Tie Rods

Design K
Segment bracing with tie rods from counter flanges
to counter flange, as length limiter for absorbing
reaction force of expansion joint, tie rods in PTFE-
coated spherical washers and conical sockets, for
reduction of frictional force, external. Suitable for
lateral movement absorption.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rates plus


bearing stiffness rates
Production: 1. DN 200 - DN 1000
2. DN 50 - DN 5000
Note: In the case of large
expansion joints and high
pressure, the undulating Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)
load on the rubber flange
must be taken into account.

Design L
Segment bracing tie rods from counter flange to
counter flange, PTFE-coated spherical washers and
conical sockets, internal and external, for absorbing
thrust and tensile force. Suitable for high lateral
movement absorption in pressure and vacuum areas.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rates plus


bearing stiffness rates
Production: 1. DN 200 - DN 300
2. DN 50 - DN 5000
Note: In the case of large
expansion joints and high
pressure, the undulating
load on the rubber flange
Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)
must be taken into account.

Design M
Rubber expansion joint, with tie rods, PTFE-coated
spherical washers and conical sockets, internal and
external, for absorbing thrust and tensile force.
Suitable for high lateral movement absorption in
pressure and vacuum areas.

Fixed point load: Lateral stiffness rate


plus bearing stiffness rate
Production: 1. DN 200 - DN 1000
2. DN 50 - DN 5000

Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)

91
WILLBRANDT Length Limiters / Tie Rods

Design S
Rubber expansion joint with tie rods to absorb
reaction force. Tie rods in PTFE-coated spherical
washers and conical sockets, for reducing frictional
force, external, includes thrust limiter for securing
bellow. Suitable for high lateral movement
absorption.

Fixed point load: For external end stops,


lateral stiffness rates and
bearing stiffness rates, full
reaction force and axial
stiffness rates in the case
of compression.
Swivel flange (1.) Solid rubber flange (2.)
Production: 1. DN 200 - DN 500
2. DN 50 - DN 500

Design R
Segment bracing with tie rods from counter flanges
to counter flange, as length limiter for absorbing
reaction force. Tie rods in rubber bushings, suitable
for sound and vibration absorption and for lateral
movement absorption.

Production: DN 20 - DN 200
Max. operating pressure:
10 bar

92
WILLBRANDT Supporting Rings

As rubber expansion joints are highly elastic elements, the rubber expansion joint must be equipped for vacuum operation with a corresponding
vacuum supporting ring. Different designs are available.

Vacuum supporting spiral Vacuum supporting rings with guided


A loose internal vacuum spiral made from 1.4571 stainless steel.
sleeves
The spiral is used for high-corrugated expansion joints up to DN 500 Vacuum supporting ring with buffer plate made from 1.4571, 1.4539
(Type 49) and for low-corrugated expansion joints up to DN 300 stainless steel or special steel according to customers request. Can
(Type 50/51/55). be used for DN 150 to DN 350.

DN 32 - DN 300 (500) DN 150 - DN 350

Vacuum supporting ring with lock Vulcanised vacuum supporting ring


Vacuum supporting ring with lock made from 1.4571, 1.4539 stainless This version is used in applications in which heavily abrasive media
steel or special steel according to customer request. These supporting may affact the supporting ring or in which media with fibrous materials
rings are used for DN 150/500 - DN 5000. are transported. It is also used at critical points, at which turbulences
could cause fatigue failure or the supporting ring could be washed away.

Please bear in mind that vulcanised vacuum supporting rings significantly


reduce the elasticity of the expansion joint and therefore limit the move-
ment and pressure absorption. This version can only be used for hand-
made expansion joints.

DN 150 - DN 450 from DN 5000

PTFE vacuum supporting ring


PTFE vacuum supporting ring for high chemical loads. However,
please note that because the supporting ring is made from
DN 200 - DN 1000
100 % PTFE, the vacuum resistance falls as the temperature increases.
In nominal diameters from DN 65 to DN 300, this version is used for
low-corrugated expansion joints (our low-corrugated expansion joints
up to DN 50 are vacuum-resistant without a supporting ring).

DN 50 - DN
N 300
3 DN 100 - DN 5000

93
WILLBRANDT Accessories

Earth protection cover

The earth protection cover is necessary if rubber expansion joints are built into the ground and
the bellow requires protection from direct contact with earth and sand. The earth protection
cover does not restrict the expansion joint’s movement, which means that it can absorb
subsidence and pipe shifts. The cover is manufactured in two parts, so that it can be mounted
after the expansion joint has been completely installed. It is secured to the pipe on one side
(preferably not the moving side). Earth protection cover

Sun protection cover


Used wherever heavy solar radiation is expected in order to avoid hardening (ageing). It is
manufactured as a single part with ¾ circulation. It can be fastened directly using the flange
connection bolts. It should however be noted that the bolts required for fastening the cover
are longer than normal, as a second lock nut must also be accommodated. The covers are
made from 1.4301 stainless steel; other materials are available upon request.

Sun protection cover

Flame protection cover


The flame protection cover is used to protect the unit wherever open flames are possible.
The main field of application is ships’ engine rooms. The cover is delivered as a single unit
with a resealable opening. After the expansion joint has been completely installed, it is placed
around the expansion joint and counter flange, and closed.

Flame protection cover

Acid protection cover


The acid protection cover is used for in applications where aggressive media are transported
and personal protection is necessary. The cover is primarily made from PTFE and can be
provided a window and an outlet valve. The cover is delivered as a single unit with a
resealable opening. It will be mounted after the expansion joint has been completely installed.
The cover is placed around the expansion joint and closed.

Acid protection cover

Spacer ring
A spacer ring made of metal is used, when the inner diameter of the sealing surface of the
counter flange is greater than dhe diameter of the rubber bellow (please refer to the table
for the rubber bellow sealing profile on page 118). This is applicable by using crimped
flanges or slip-on flanges. An additional sealing between counter flange and spacer ring
is necessary.
Spacer ring

Ember and dust protection


This is a simple protective band made from an aluminium coated glass fabric. It is designed
to prevent damage to the expansion joint during operation under heavy load, e.g. falling hot
ash or embers in steelworks. It is also designed to prevent heavy soiling between the bellow
and flange, which can lead to significant abrasion during movement. The dust protection
cover is delivered as a sleeve and attached to the flange using hose clamps. All covers are
constructed so that the expansion joints’ freedom of movement is not limited.
Ember and dust protection cover

94
WILLBRANDT Guide Sleeves

Guide sleeve
Rubber expansion joints are elastic pipe elements with integral corrugation. This corrugation means
that at high flow rates, turbulences may occur in the expansion joint. This may cause increased
loss of pressure and damage the bellow. For media containing solids it is advisable to use a guide
sleeve to protect the bellow. For normal liquids, a guide sleeve should be used at a flow rate of
4 m/s and for gases of 20 m/s. We generally recommend using a guide sleeve when transporting
solid parts.
For rotata
rotatable flanges
flanges
The guide sleeves are manufactured in various forms. If the expansion joint only absorbs axial
movement, a fitted, angled pipe can be selected. If the expansion joint needs to absorb lateral
movement, the guide sleeve must be offset at the opening; it is advisable to use a conical guided
sleeve if there is high lateral movement.

For expansion joints with sealing bead and rotatable flanges, the guide sleeves are manufactured
as a slide-in sleeves with a collar. For expansion joints with solid flanges, the guide sleeves are
provided with a solid flange.

PTFE guide sleeve


For solid
F lid flanges
This material is used if high chemical resistance to aggressive media is required.

Important
The standard material for guide sleeves is 1.4541 or 1.4571 stainless steel. Guide sleeves can also be
note made from 1.4539 stainless steel for seawater or hardox for abrasive materials. Other materials are
available upon request. Guided sleeves must be fitted with additional seals.

In order to prevent vacuums forming or dust settling between the guide sleeve and the bellow, guide
sleeves are manufactured with corresponding relief holes.

 Cylindrical version for axial movement only


 Cylindrical version with conical neck (inlet) for axial and lateral movement
 Telescopic guided sleeve for axial and lateral movement and complete bellow protection
 Conical version for large inlet opening and for axial and lateral movement

We recommend guided sleeves for:

Liquids Gases
 Type 49 up from 4 m/s up from 20 m/s
 Types 39, 50, 51, 53, 55 up from 5 m/s up from 30 m/s
 Type 40 up from 5 m/s up from 30 m/s

Please note that the standard guide sleeve is designed for axial movement. The max. lateral movement
absorption is +/- 5 mm. If higher lateral movement is required, please note that the sleeve is reduced by double
the value of the lateral movement in the external diameter of the pipe in order to prevent contact between the
bellow and the guide sleeve at maximum load.

WILLBRANDT Potential equalisation


Rubber expansion joints have different electrically conductive In order to create conductivity for insulating or dissipating expansion
resistances. It can be seen in the data sheets, there are expansion joints, we recommend flange-to-flange potential equalisation. This
joints that are electrically conductive and some are electrically guarantees that the corresponding levels can be tolerated in the piping
conductive dissipative, while CSM, FPM and PTFE expansion joints system and that the system is earthed.
(white) are insulating.

Type 40 A Type 50 A

95
WILLBRANDT Special Designs

Safety expansion joint


Safety expansion joints are used wherever very aggressive media are transported and
human lives or production plants are in danger if the expansion joint fails. A safety
expansion joint comprises two pressure-resistant expansion joints selected according
to the medium. The bellows are mounted so that there is a sealed intermediate space
that can be monitored by manometer, pressure gauges or pressure sensor. This expansion
joint can be produced with or without length limiters and for axial, lateral or angular
movement absorption.

Both expansion joints are designed for full operating pressure. If the inner expansion joint
is damaged, the outer expansion joint cover is still fully operational.

Safety bellow
Rubber expansion joints with a safety bellow are used wherever very aggressive media
are transported and human lives or production plants are in danger if the expansion joint
fails.

The safety bellow is a two-stage bellow with an intermediate layer and an outlet
integrated into the external bellow. This outlet can be fitted with a probe, pressure
gauge or drainage point so that the appropriate alarm can be sounded in the event
of wear to the inner layer.

Axial balanced expansion joint


The axial balanced rubber expansion joint is used if axial movement occurs in the pipe
system and cannot be absorbed by fixed points, e.g. turbine nozzle, pump housing and
container nozzles.

The principle of this expansion joint is to neutralise any reaction expansion forces that
occur as a result of the two small work expansion joints (DN pipes) using a expansion
joint that is twice as large. This means it is only necessary to take account into the axial
stiffness rate when the nozzles are loaded.

Pressure-balanced expansion joint


This expansion joint is used wherever there is axial movement but high loading is
not permitted on the nozzles, e.g. nozzles for turbines or containers, which are very
sensitive to axial shear forces.

The function of the pressure-balanced expansion joint is to deflect the medium at a


90° angle between the bellows, while a expansion joint with a blind flange absorbs
the reaction force of the expansion joint that absorbs the movement.

The connecting rod between the two expansion joints should be regarded as a
cardan cage that absorbs the reaction force. The stiffness rates from axial and lateral
movement will continue to be transmitted to the fixed points or nozzles.

96
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

WILLBRANDT rubber expansion joints are available in two ready-to-fit Fitting example 1 (EB 1)
versions with standard connections (according to DIN, ASA, BS, etc.):
Compensation of axial expansion with expansion joints without
 Rotatable steel flanges
tie rods
These flanges should fit precisely and burrfree in the fitting area of
the rubber bellow, whereby the sealing surface can protrude about
The reaction forces of the expansion joint are absorbed by the fixed
1 - 10 mm depending on the nominal diametre. The counter flange
bearings.
sealing surfaces can be smooth (Form A) or with sealing (Form B)
according to EN 1092 - 1:2001.
 Pressure-resistant solid rubber flanges
EB 1
Flange bellows up to DN 2400 are delivered with one-piece steel
swivel flanges (from DN 2500 divided). The counter flanges should
have a smooth sealing surface according to EN 1092 - 1:2001
(Form A).

Both types of expansion joint are self-sealing; additional seals are


unnecessary.

Fitting example 2 (EB 2)


1. Planning instructions
Compensation of lateral and axial expansion with a expansion joint
Expansion joints must be arranged in pipes in such a way that regular without tie rods
maintenance and any necessary replacement can take place easily.
The reaction forces of the expansion joint are absorbed by the fixed
Ensure that the expansion joints do not rub against adjacent components bearings and plain bearings. The plain bearings must be appropriately
also when expanded to the maximum permissible limits. The expansion supported! Stiffness rates must be absorbed by the fixed points.
joints must also not be exposed to high externally radiated or accumu-
lated heat.
EB 2
Universal expansion joints (without tie rods) for absorbing axial,
lateral and angular movements

For a expansion joint to absorb the axial or lateral movements (expan-


sion or compression) of a pipe, it must be fitted between two fixed points.
Plain bearings (PB) must also be included for pipe routing/support.

The reaction forces, stiffness rates and friction forces must be taken into
account in the dimensioning of the fixed points and plain bearings.

Reaction force (N) = effective area (mm²) x operating pressure (N/mm²)

F= A x P

(Stiffness rates according to type data sheet)

97
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Fitting example 3 (EB 3) Fitting example 4 (EB 4)

Compensation of lateral and axial expansion with expansion joints Compensation of axial expansion by deflection into a lateral
without tie rods arranged in a pipe outlet movement with expansion joints with tie rods

The reaction forces of the expansion joint are absorbed by the fixed The stiffness rates of the expansion joint are absorbed by the fixed
bearings and plain bearings. The plain bearings must be appropriately bearings. The plain bearings serve only for correct initiation of movement
supported! in the expansion joint! In contrast to EB 2, axial movement of the vertical
pipe arm is disregarded.

EB 3

EB 4

Angular expansion joints (with joint tie rods) for absorbing


angular movements
Lateral expansion joints (with tie rods) for absorbing lateral
movements In order to absorb significant axial movements with low stiffness rates,
a combination of angular expansion joints with tie rods can be used.

If a expansion joint for absorbing axial movements cannot be fitted


between two fixed points, the axial movement must be converted into
a lateral movement. This makes it possible to use an expansion joint
with tie rods, which neutralises the occurring reaction forces (inside area
of the expansion joint x operating pressure). With this arrangement, only Fitting example 5 (EB 5)
appropriate plain bearings may be used for correct initiation of expansion.
Compensation of axial expansion by deflection to angular
A wide range of rubber expansion joints with tie rods can be found in movement using expansion joints with tie rods
our catalogue.
Advantage: significant axial expansion can be absorbed by only two
expansion joints. The reaction forces of a expansion joint are absorbed
by the joint tie rods. The plain bearings serve only for correct initiation
of movement in the expansion joint!

EB 5

98
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Fitting example 6 (EB 6) Fitting example 8 (EB 8)

Arrangement of pipe joint expansion joints in three joint systems For the transport of abrasive media (liquids containing solids such as
for compensating expansion in two directions water/sand), the expansion joints must not be arranged directly on the
pump support (suction/pressure side) as there is a risk of the expansion
Advantage: high expansion compensation, low stiffness rates, soft corner. joints being damaged due to relatively high velocities from turbulence and
The reaction forces of the expansion joint are absorbed by the joint tie vortex formation on the pump support.
rods. The plain bearings serve only for correct initiation of movement This applies similarly to elbows and outlets.
in the expansion joint!
The fitting distance from the pump support to the expansion joint/elbow
must be 1 to 1.5 times greater than the nominal diameter. Pump operation
EB 6
against a fully or partly closed gate or flap valve must be avoided.
Cavitation must also be avoided as this can quickly damage the
expansion joint.

EB 8

Fitting example 7 (EB 7)

Expansion joints for pump connection (with/without tie rods)


for absorbing vibrations

The purpose of using rubber expansion joints on pumps is to prevent


the transmission of forces, stresses and vibrations in order to decouple
the piping system from the pump.
Fitting example 9 (EB 9)
Expansion joints with tie rods should always be used for arrangement
in pressure pipes to prevent the pump support from being overloaded Expansion joints with pressure relief for absorbing axial and
due to the reaction forces. A vacuum supporting ring should be used lateral movement
on the suction side if possible (see type data sheet).
Pressure-relieved expansion joints can be used to prevent the
transmission of reaction forces resulting from excess or low pressure
EB 7
to adjacent fixed bearings, apparatus or machines.

Expansion joints for absorbing axial expansion without the transmission


of reaction forces resulting from excess or low pressure to adjacent fixed
bearings, apparatus or machines (observe stiffness rates).

EB 9

99
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Fitting example 10 (EB 10)


EB 11

Expansion joints for absorbing axial and lateral expansion on an elbow


without the transmission of reaction forces resulting from excess or low
pressure to adjacent fixed bearings (stiffness rates).

EB 10

Fitting example 12 (EB 12)

For rubberised pipes or valves, a blank gasket must be used to prevent


a rubber-on-rubber seal.

Expansion joints (with tie rods) for fitting/removal


EB 12

To compensate for fitting inaccuracies or for easy fitting or removal,


a expansion joint with tie rods can also be mounted directly on a valve.

Fitting example 11 (EB 11)

Expansion joint with tie rods for fitting/removal

Tie rods prevent the transmission of reaction forces to a connected valve


and by loosening the flange connection with the aid of the tie rod flange,
the rubber bellow can be compressed to its maximum axial limits to
enable removal of the valve.

Warning:
This is valid only for expansion joints with pressure-resistant solid rubber
flanges. In case of expansion joints with rotatable flanges there is a
danger that the bellow sealing bead could spring out of the flange
groove. This could lead to lead to the sealing surfaces being crushed
during re-fitting (see EB 16 F).

100
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

2. Pipe planning
Initial tension of expansion joints
Arrangement of guide bearings
If a expansion joint is fitted with an initial tension greater than 10 mm
The fixed points and guide bearings must be arranged so that: axially or 5 mm laterally, the expansion joint must be fitted first and then
the appropriate initial tension must be generated with the permanently
 the expansion joint is not subject to loading from the weight fitted expansion joint at an open point in the pipe. (Fitting example
of the pipe. EB 14 + 15)

 bending caused by the arrangement of the fixed and floating


Reason: An as yet unfitted expansion joint with a higher initial tension
bearings is avoided.
will cause the sealing bead to spring out of the groove of the steel flange.
 suspension in self-aligning bearings is avoided. Plain or roller This could damage the sealing bead or cause a leak.
bearings should be used as a guide bearings.
For planning purposes, ensure that the pipe can be opened!

EB 13 A EB 14

EB 15

Spacing of the guide bearings

 The distance between the expansion joint and the first bearing
can be max. 4 x the pipe diameter.
 The distance between the first and the second bearing can be
max. 14 x the pipe diameter.
 The distance between the remaining pipe bearings can be
max. 21 x the pipe diameter. This distance must be reduced if
necessary due to the inherent stability of the pipe.

EB 13 B

101
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

3. Safety measures Counter flanges / Flange connection


Counter flanges and flange connections must be as described in Fitting
Excess pressure, temperature rise, vacuum example 16 (EB 16) (below) to ensure a reliable sealing and to prevent
Protect pipes against impermissible excess pressure, excessive damage to the rubber expansion joints.
temperature rise and uncontrolled vacuum. The limiting values are
shown in the data sheets of our catalogue.

Fitting example 16 (A - E)
Water hammer and vacuum drop
Draining and venting options are provided to prevent water hammer Counter flanges with and without projection according to EN 1092-1:2001
and vacuum drop. Form A or B must be used for expansion joints with rotatable flanges
(EB 16 A). Only smooth counter flanges should be used for expansion
joints with solid flanges. Other types are available on request.
Resistance
The inner material of the bellow that comes into contact with the
medium must be suitable for the medium transported in the pipe (see EB 16 A
our resistance list). If the list does not contain a specific medium, we
should be provided with appropriate data from the safety data sheet for
chemical substances and preparations according to DIN 52900,
Clauses 1 to 2.13 in order to allow us to determine whether the inner
liner of the expansion joint is suitable.

Flow rate
For high flow rates, it must be clarified whether the expansion joints
must be used with or without a guided sleeve in order to prevent wear
due to excessive vortex formation. If a smooth flange cannot be used for expansion joints with solid rubber
flanges, the recess of the counter flange must be compensated with a
sealing with an appropriately thick ring or taken into account in rubber
Vacuum supporting spiral/ring flange fabrication.
If the expected vacuum is higher than 0.8 bar absolute, a vacuum
support spiral or vacuum supporting ring must be provided. These
prevent the bellow from collapsing. For use directly downstream of a EB 16 B
pump, flap valve or elbow, a check must be made to ensure correct
positioning after fitting – see Fitting instructions + Fitting example
17 (EB 17 G)!

External influences
Extreme external influences make it necessary to protect the expansion
joints via special measures:
When using loose flanges with thick bead, the gap above the bolts

Ground protection cover: protects against damage to bellows, between both flanges must be filled with an appropriate ring. This stops
fouling and earth pressure on buried pipes. the loose flange from tilting and thus prevents incorrect contact with the
sealing surface!
 UV protection cover: protects against UV radiation and influences
of weather in regions exposed to extreme sunlight.
 Flame-retardant protective cover: protects against fire EB 16 C
up to 800 °C for 30 minutes.

Dangerous media
The expansion joints must be provided with suitable splash protection for
pipes used for transporting dangerous or environmentally harmful media.

102
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

When using flare flanges and slip-on flanges, ensure that the internal 4. Packaging
diameter of the sealing surface of the counter flange corresponds to
the internal diameter of the bellow. If this is not the case and the internal  Check the packaging for external damage.
diameter of the counter flange is larger, a blank metal gasket and an
 Check the contents against the delivery note or packing list.
additional sealing must be used!
 If possible, do not unpack the expansion joints before fitting.
 Only open the packaging with a blunt object.
EB 16 D  Ensure that nails or staples in wooden crates do not come into
contact with the rubber bellow.

5. Storage

See DIN 7716 - Guidelines for the storage of rubber parts:


 Rubber expansion joints must be stored without being subject
to stress, deformation or kinking.
 Rubber expansion joints with steel flanges must be stored upright
on the flanges (otherwise there is a risk of crushing).
 Store in a cool, dry, dust-free and moderately ventilated room.
 Protect rubber parts against draughts and cover if necessary.
Ozone-generating equipment such as electric motors, fluorescent
Counter flanges with a groove or tongue must not be used.
light sources, etc., must not be used at the place of storage.
 Do not store any solvents, fuels, chemicals or similar together
with the expansion joints.
EB 16 E

6. Transport

 Leave the parts packed.


 Note “TOP” at the top and “cable or lifting hook”.
 Steel backing rings (with bracing) and rubber expansion joint
Ensure during fitting that the rubber bead is located correctly in the flanges must remain fastened until final fitting to avoid excessive
groove of the expansion joint flange, otherwise the sealing surface may loads on the rubber part!
be damaged and leaks can occur!
 Do not use any sharp-edged tools, wire ropes, chains or lifting
hooks (risk of damage to rubber).

EB 16 F
 Always lift both steel flanges simultaneously. Shackle at both
sides or place padded tie-bars through the expansion joint.
 For ground level transportation without means of transport, roll
the expansion joint on the flanges.

103
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

7. Fitting
IMPORTANT
Rubber expansion joints are intended for absorbing movements
under certain pressure and temperature conditions to be determined Welding in the vicinity of expansion joints must be avoided. If this
in advance. To ensure that the maximum service life is reached, the cannot be avoided, the expansion joint must be covered with a fireproof
following must be observed for fitting: and heat-resistant material to protect it against welding heat and flying
sparks.

When welding the complete piping system, steel-wire expansion joints


Prior to fitting can be damaged by stray currents or electrical earth conduction. The
anode and cathode of the electric welding connection must always be
 Check the packaging of the rubber expansion joints and after located on the same line section (and not be separated by the rubber
unpacking check the expansion joint itself for damage. Damaged compen-sator!). The rubber bellow must not be painted after fitting in
expansion joints must not be fitted. the pipe.

 Check the pipe run to ensure that it is straight in the area in which It is also important to note that the expansion joint must not be insulated
the expansion joint is to be fitted and that the pipe is limited by at temperatures above 50°C, as this will cause the rubber bellow to heat
appropriate fixed points. Only one expansion joint or several up and harden as a result of the accumulated heat.
expansion joints coupled to form a unit may be fitted between two
fixed points.
 Check the size of the fitting gap. The counter flanges should be Fitting a expansion joint with flange connection
fitted in alignment with each other. The maximum deviation between
the fitting gap and expansion joint can be +/- 10 mm axially and
 Centring mandrels, a rubber hammer and a torque wrench are
+/- 5 mm laterally. required for fitting. Do not use any sharp-edged tools!

 Note: If the aforementioned tolerances cannot be maintained,



Carefully insert the expansion joint into the fitting gap. Take care
the procedure is as described in the section “Initial tension of not to damage the sealing surfaces.
expansion joints” Fitting example 14 - 15 (EB 14 - 15).  No additional seals are required. The rubber sealing bead or rubber
 The pipe flanges must not be twisted towards each other when flange seals directly against the pipe flange.
fitting a expansion joint with solid rubber flanges, as the expansion
joint will be subject to torsion – this must be avoided as torsion can Warning: Exceptions for rubberised pipe flanges, valves or blank
damage the expansion joint. gaskets - see corresponding section above!

 The pipe flanges must be clean, grease-free, smooth, flat and burr-
 Fix the expansion joint at both flanges using at least two bolts or
free. threaded rods. If necessary, the lifting device can be detached/
removed.
 Ensure that the flange connections are as described in the section
“Counter flanges/flange connections” (EB 16 A - F) under “Safety”.
 When fitting expansion joints with tie rods, ensure that the tie rods
are loosened so that the expansion joint is able to adjust to the fitting
 If a expansion joint is to be provided with a guided sleeve, it must
gap when tightened. Readjustment of the tie rods takes place after
be inserted into the expansion joint prior to fitting into the pipe
fitting the expansion joint - see page 17 "Supplementary installation
(do not forget the sealing between guided sleeve and counter flange).
instructions for expansion joints with length limiters".
 If the use of a vacuum supporting spiral or vacuum supporting ring  The remaining fixing bolts can now be inserted and tightened
is necessary due to low pressure, these must be fitted in advance.
hand-tight.
In the case of vacuum supporting rings, the section “Vacuum support
ring” (below) must be observed (EB 17 G)!

For the bolted flange connection, bolts with the strength class 8.8
should be used.
 Do not use a U-washer on the expansion joint flange.

104
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

The following must be noted when inserting the bolts:


EB 17 E
 Refer to tightening torque (Tables 1, 2 and 3, pages 114 - 115)

 For expansion joints with through holes, all bolts must be inserted
with the bolt head towards the bellow to prevent damage to the
bellow under pressure.

EB 17 A

 The bolted flange connections must be tightened as follows:

Step 1:
- Tighten all bolts by hand
- Apply torque evenly according to Step 1 crosswise
- Check gap width on outer edge of flange
- Settling time ≥ 30 minutes
EB 17 B
Step 2:
- Tighten all bolts crosswise according to Step 2
- Check gap width

Step 3:
- Apply final torque according to Step 3 in two
passes crosswise.

The bolts do not require further tightening as this would ultimately
damage the sealing surface.
Exception: If the expansion joint has a long collar (supporting
shoulder), the bolt can also be inserted the other way round -  Throughout the entire fitting process, ensure that the sealing bead
however the bolt must not be longer than the collar! does not tilt. The protruding sealing surface should be compressed
evenly on all sides.
EB 17 C
 When fitting silicone rubber expansion joints, the specified tightening
torques must be reduced by 30%.
 If a leak should occur during the subsequent pressure test, the bolts
must be tightened with the torque according to Step 3. If the bolted
flange connection is still leaky, the tightening torque must be
increased slightly. Before retightening the bolts, the pressure in the
expansion joint must be reduced.
 Throughout the entire fitting process, ensure that the expansion joint
 For expansion joints with tapped holes in the flange, the bolts
is not over-expanded or crushed.
should be flush towards the bellow side with the flange, as protruding
bolts are liable to damage the bellow under pressure.

EB 17 D

105
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Vacuum supporting ring 8. Final fitting check


When fitting vacuum supporting rings arranged directly downstream of a
 Check the expansion joints on all sides for any visible damage and
pump, flap valve or elbow the vacuum supporting rings must be checked
in particular clean the gap between the steel swivel flange and rubber
for correct positioning after fitting as follows (EB 17 G):
bellow (remove foreign bodies, sand, etc.).
 Firm seating (max. 10 - 15 mm clearance between bellow and ring  After being fitted, the expansion joints should be provided with
on one side) suitable protection against damage; this protection must only be
removed directly prior to commissioning.
 If necessary, adapter plates should be used to obtain the permissible
seat clearance (EB 17 G).  The rubber parts must not be painted. Solvents and chemicals
affect the surface and damage the bellow.
 The connection lock should always be in the lower flow area (6°°).
 The rubber expansion joints must not be insulated as this can cause
 At high flow rates, a check should be made to determine whether
the bellow to overheat and dry out and will ultimately lead to damage
a expansion joint with vulcanised supporting ring should be used in
to the bellow.
order to avoid fatigue failures due to strong turbulence (EB 17 F).
 The best results are obtained when the expansion joint is able to
 After fitting, check that the hexagon bolts and nuts are securely
function stress-free under operating conditions (initial tension
locked to prevent loosening.
must be taken into account when fitting).
 For expansion joints with tie rods, check the tie rods.
It should be possible to tighten them hand-tight. The lock nuts must
be tightened.

EB 17 F  If the installation situation allows, check that any supporting spirals/


rings are correctly seated and locked.

EB 17 G

106
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

9. Measures prior to pressure test and  Insert the expansion joint and tighten using two wrenches as follows:
commissioning
DN 20/25
 Remove the protective covers and clean the expansion joint. The front threaded part must be used as a counter support and the
sleeve nut must be tightened (to avoid torsion on the bellow).
 Check the expansion joint for damage.
 Check that all supports, fixed and plain bearings are fitted and DN 32 - 50
functional. The rear threaded part must be used as a counter support and the
sleeve nut tightened (to avoid torsion on the bellow)
 Check the tie rods for even loading and if necessary adjust
them to the prevailing conditions.

EB 18

DN 20/25
10. Pressure test

The rubber expansion joint is not a proper pressure vessel, but it is


classified according to the Pressure Equipment Directive as a “pipe
accessory” (pipe component). When fitting the expansion joint in
piping, the sealing does not take place via a separate seal, but
directly on the sealing surface of the integrated rubber bellow.

A one hundred per cent pressure test of the rubber expansion joint at
the manufacturer can adversely influence the integrated rubber sealing
surface. Pressure testing of the rubber expansion joints at the manu-
facturer therefore takes place only at the special request of the customer
and with the utmost care.

The pressure test normally takes place only after the rubber expansion
joints have been fully installed in the piping system. All of the instructions
contained in these fitting instructions should be observed prior to the
pressure test. DN 32 - DN 50

If leaks should occur in the area of the flange connection during the
pressure test, the bolted flange connection must be retightened
according to with the tightening table (Step 3).

11. Supplementary assembly and fittings


instructions for Type 46

Type 46 rubber expansion joints should be fitted stress-free. The bolted


connections should always be made using two wrenches to avoid torsion
on the expansion joint (EB 18).

 Mount the bolting parts on the pipe and check the fitting gap!
The fitting gap should be the same length as the expansion joint
bellow (e.g. 130 mm +/- 5 mm). All other fitting positions are as described in our main fitting instructions.

The tightening torque for all types is 100 Nm.

107
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

12. Supplementary assembly and fittings Contents


instructions for Type 49
Bolt pack Qty Bolts Qty U-washers
There are various bolt packs (SU) for connecting Type 49 expansion
kg ISO 4017 Ø
joints to the pipe so that the bolt length is flush with the expansion joint
bellow when using DIN flanges.
SU 1 0,35 8 M 12X30 8 13
When fitting, ensure that the surfaces that contact the rubber bellow are
SU 2 0,62 8 M 16X30 8 17
free of burrs. Use the U-washers to correct the length (place under the
bolt head). SU 3 0,67 8 M 16X35 8 17

SU 4 0,68 8 M 16X35 16 17

SU 5 1,4 16 M 16X35 16 17
Corresponding bolt pack (DIN)
SU 6 1,5 16 M 16X40 16 17

PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 SU 7 1,55 16 M 16X40 32 17

SU 8 2,6 16 M 16X45 16 17

DN 32 SU 1 SU 2 SU 2 SU 9 2,4 24 M 16X45 48 17

DN 40 SU 1 SU 2 SU 2 SU 10 2,7 16 M 20X45 16 21

DN 50 SU 1 SU 3 SU 3 SU 11 4,1 24 M 20X45 24 21

DN 65 SU 1 SU 5 SU 5 SU 12 4,2 24 M 20X45 48 21

DN 80 SU 4 SU 7 SU 7 SU 13 4,3 24 M 20X50 48 21

DN 100 SU 4 SU 7 SU 7 SU 14 4,2 24 M 20X50 24 21

DN 125 SU 5 SU 6 SU 6 SU 15 5,8 32 M 20X50 64 21

DN 150 SU 6 SU 10 SU 10 SU 16 7,3 40 M 20X50 80 21

DN 175 SU 6 SU 10 SU 10 SU 17 6,7 24 M 24X50 48 25

DN 200 SU 8 SU 10 SU 11 SU 18 6,6 24 M 24X50 24 25

DN 250 SU 9 SU 13 SU 17 SU 19 9,3 32 M 24X55 64 25

DN 300 SU 11 SU 14 SU 18 SU 20 11,7 40 M 24X55 80 25

DN 350 SU 12 SU 15 SU 19 SU 21 13,5 32 M 27X60 64 28

DN 400 SU 15 SU 19 SU 21 SU 22 22,0 40 M 30X60 80 31

DN 500 SU 16 SU 20 SU 22

108
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

13. Supplementary assembly and fittings 14. Supplementary assembly and fittings
instructions for Type 60 - WRG instructions for Type 61

 The Type 60 WRG rubber-metal pipe connector must be fitted  Type 61 is fitted as part of the pipe installation. Installation in the
stress-free. fitting gap is difficult in the case of very large nominal diameters.
 The fitting gap must be 70 mm.  The pipe ends must be long enough to reach the beginning of
the shaft on both sides.
 The pipe connector must not be subject to tension, torsion
or bending.  Only use wide GBS-clamps for fixing the expansion joint
(min. 20 x 1 mm).
 No additional seals are required.
 At an operating pressure of up to 2 bar, one clamp is adequate
 Only hexagon head bolts according to DIN 933 with a
per side. Above 2 bar, two clamps should be used.
washer should be used (note bolt length - see table below).
All other fitting positions are as described in our main fitting instructions.
 The bolt tightening torque is 30 Nm.

All other fitting positions are as described in our main fitting instructions.

15. Supplementary assembly and fittings


instructions for Type 64
Bolt size for
Flange PN 6 Flange PN 10 The expansion joint must not be fitted before comnpletion of all work on
the pipes and flanges and mounting of all anchors and supports. This is
intended to prevent the expansion joint from being damaged by welding
DN 20 4 x M10 x 25 4 x M12 x 30
sparks, sharp-edged objects, etc.
DN 25 4 x M10 x 25 4 x M12 x 30
As Type 64 expansion joints are made from extremely flexible material,
DN 32 4 x M12 x 30 4 x M16 x 30
their durability is dependent on careful and correct fitting.
DN 40 4 x M12 x 30 4 x M16 x 30

Avoid sharp edges and folds.
DN 50 4 x M12 x 30 4 x M16 x 30
 Ducting flanges, swivel flanges or other steel parts included in the
DN 65 4 x M12 x 30 4 x M16 x 30
scope of delivery should be checked and correspond to the drawings.
DN 80 4 x M16 x 35 8 x M16 x 35 The bolt holes in each flange must be symmetrical.

DN 100 4 x M16 x 35 8 x M16 x 35


 It is advisable to use a support plate or an inner frame when
lifting the expansion joint. Preferably, the expansion joint should
DN 125 8 x M16 x 35 8 x M16 x 40 be pre-assembled with loose flanges and an internal sleeve
DN 150 8 x M16 x 35 8 x M20 x 40 (if included in the scope of delivery) on the ground before lifting.

DN 200 - 8 x M20 x 45 All other fitting positions are as described in our main fitting instructions.

109
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Tightening torque for Type 64 When coupling Type 80 expansion joints, ensure that a corresponding
blank gasket is used between the bellows that are being coupled in order
Material Swivel flanges / bolts to avoid a double PTFE effect.
40x10/M10 50x10/M12 60x10/M12 60x12/M16
When adjusting the continuous tie rods, ensure that the central flange
is appropriately fixed with lock nuts on the right and left of the flange
EPDM 60 Nm 80 Nm 80 Nm 80 Nm
pair in order to avoid lateral buckling. The play between nuts and flange
should be a maximum of 2 mm (in order to leave clearance for lateral
FPM 80 Nm 80 Nm 80 Nm movement). In the case of the outer flanges, the hexagon bolts should
be arranged on the inside and outside so as to accommodate the desired
Warning: Refer to the tightening scheme! axial expansion. During this process, ensure that the axial expansion
is equally distributed between the two expansion joints. Please refer to
EB 19.

16. Supplementary assembly and fittings EB 19


instructions for Type 80

 The expansion joints are delivered with protective covers. These


covers may only be removed directly prior to fitting. If these covers
need to be removed in advance for the purpose of inspection, they
must be screwed back into place.

Welding, soldering and brazing on the PTFE bellow is not permitted
as the bellow could be damaged and highly toxic gases could
develop.
 It is not necessary to use seals between PTFE/PTFE sealing
surfaces. It is advisable to use a 5-mm-thick PTFE sealing for
connections to glass, enamel and other components.
 The flange connection bolts must be tightened according to
the torque table below.
 The limiting bolts (tie rods) must be adjusted to the maximum 17. Supplementary installation instructions for
permissible expansion after fitting the expansion joint. The limiting expansion joints with length limiters
bolts must not be removed.
In order to correctly install rubber expansion joints with length limiters,

In the course of commissioning, the flange connections should
please note the following points:
be retightened with the specified torque after reaching operating
temperature.
 Check gap measurements for permissible installation tolerances

If leaks occur, the flange connections must be inspected to ensure and adjust, if necessary.
that the flanges are parallel and for fouling or damage to the sealing

Loosen tie rod bolts so that stress-free installation is possible.
surfaces.

Insert the expansion joint and screw into place according to the
Minor indentations or damage can be removed with emery cloth. tightening torque plan. Note the tightening torque for the appropriate
type.

Fix tie rods to stop (without play) so that they can still be turned by
hand. Then tighten the tie rods to the stipulated tightening torque
using the relevant flange-side hexagon bolts.

110
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

18. Maintenance and monitoring  Check the surface of the bellow for hairline cracks.

 The flange connection tightening torque must be checked once Reason: External influences and incorrect media cause the cover
prior to final commissioning. to harden.

 First inspection 1 week after commissioning.


Assessment: If these surface cracks are only superficial, they must
Further inspections after 1, 4 and 12 months; then annually.
be recorded (surface photo).

The following must be checked:


The cracks should be re-assessed during the next annual inspection.
If there are only minor changes, maintenance can take place at the
- External damage to rubber bellow, flange and tie rods
time of the next inspection. If the cracks are deeper than 1.5 mm, the
- Deformations of the rubber flange between the bolts
cover must be replaced.
(displacement of flange surfaces)
- Changes to the rubber bellow (bubbles, brittleness,  Check the bellow for hardening. This can be achieved using an
cracks, hairline cracks impression test, e.g. by pressing the edge of a coin into the rubber.
- Impermissible displacement and misalignment of the tie rods If the rubber is elastic, the notch will disappear; if it is hard, the notch
- Corrosion and wear on the entire component will remain.

 The expansion joints can be cleaned with a weak soap solution and
A conclusive assessment using a Shore hardness test must be made
clear water. Do not use sharp-edged objects, wire brushes or emery
to determine whether a expansion joint must be quickly replaced. The
cloth.
hardness should not exceed 80 to 84 Shore.

Normally, rubber expansion joints are maintenance-free - in cooling


water systems and water operation a service life of 15 to 20 years can
be expected. In oil and fuel plants, expansion joints should be replaced
19. Maintenance and inspection instructions after 5 years and in chemical plants they should be replaced after 10
years.
After installing the rubber expansion joints according to our installation
instructions, the following points should be included in the annual
If in doubt, we recommend that you send us photos of the relevant
inspection:
expansion joints for better assessment. Our expert staff will make an
assessment.
 Check the installation position of the rubber expansion joint, i.e.
the permissible combined axial and lateral expansion should not
be exceeded.

Reason: Pipe movement due to loose fixed points or


20. Electrical conductivity
plain bearings.
 Check for external damage to rubber and tie rods. In case of rubber expansion joints, ensure that the expansion joints
are either insulated, conduct electricity or have surface conductivity.
 Assess corrosion and wear on the entire component.
 Check rubber bellow for blistering. The values mentioned in our catalogue for the different qualities of
rubber expansion joint relate to the inner, i.e. the rubber surface in
Reason: Minor damage to the inner bellow can lead to media contact with media. The following should be observed:
reaching the cover via the reinforcement, which causes minor
blistering. 
Range I
Electrical conductor electrical resistance < 106 Ohm cm
 Check the bellow behind the swivel flanges for circumferential cracks.

Range II
Reason: Overexpansion can lead to cracks on the outer cover at Antistatic - electrical resistance value: 106 to 109 Ohm cm
the end of the continuous reinforcement. If these cracks are deeper  Range III
than 2 mm, we recommend replacing the bellow.
Electrical insulator - electrical resistance: Ohm cm > 109

Generally speaking, the harder the mix, the greater the conductivity.
The reason for this is that the increased amount of soot in the mix
reduces the resistance.

111
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

21. Flow rates Before testing pressure: Check torque in one pass crosswise using
the final value (Step 3).
In case of rubber expansion joints and PTFE expansion joints, ensure
that the maximum permissible flow velocities without guided sleeves are Subsequent inspections: Refer to maintenance instructions.
not exceeded. Permissible flow rate of many media not containing solids: Only tighten flange bolts until final value (Step 3).

- for rubber expansion joints: 4.5 m/s Flange tightening torque


- for rubber expansion joints with PTFE coating: 3 m/s The tightening torques for flange bolts provided in the table offer a
specific surface pressure based on the entire sealing surface for solid
If the rates are higher rates, we recommend using a guided sleeve. flanges or the sealing bead in the case of rotating flanges.
In case of media containing solids, we generally recommend a guided
sleeve due to wear. In case of solid flanges, temporary settling process in the rubber flange
area mean that under operating conditions the surface pressure falls to
When using guided sleeves, it should be noted that standard guided around 50% of the final value (Step III). The residual effective gripping
sleeves are designed for ± 5 mm laterally. If higher lateral measurements and sealing force is completely sufficient and suitable for test pressures
are required, the size of the guided sleeves should be reduced according up to 1.5 times the operating pressure.
to double the value of the lateral guidance.
Tensile stresses from over-expansion of the expansion joint are not
permissible.

22. Application of tightening torque Warning: The maximum tightening torques given must not
be substantially exceeded, since excessive loading
Fitting instructions causes a constant increase in the flow in the
Tools Centring mandrels, rubber hammer and torque elastomer and leads to destruction (crushing).
wrench. All tools must be burr-free (danger of
damage to rubber parts). Tightening torque: Rough estimation of the final tightening torque for
special flanges:

Use Strength Class 8.8 flange bolts


(Non-post-treated, lubricated bolts)
Rule of thumb: MA = 0.2 x FVM x d2 ( Nm)
Step I a) Insert all bolts and tighten evenly by hand.
b) Apply torque evenly according to Step 1 in MA = Bolt tightening torque
three passes crosswise. d2 = Thread flank diameter

Check gap width on outer edge of flange. FVM = Initial tension at fitting = KA* x FKL
KA = Tightening factor ~ 1.4 lubricated,
c) Settling time ≥ 30 minutes against a firm support

K = Experimental value = 1.0 selected


Step II d) Tighten all bolts in three passes or to 2/3 of flow process in rubber flange
the final torque crosswise. Check gap width.
e) Settling time ≥ 60 minutes FKL = Clamping force, contact pressure
7 N/mm² for total flange surface
for Type 40
Step III f) Apply final torque in two passes crosswise.
NO FURTHER TIGHTENING! Flange D² - DN² Contact pressure
FKL = ( ---------------------- ) X π ------------------------------ ( N)
4 Number of bolts

112
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Note Reason
The bolt tightening torques are valid only for steel flange connections When rubber-flange or profile seals are bolted, a high level of spring
and expansion joints with rubber-flange or profile seals. Separate force is stored in the rubber elements. When they are loosened, the
tightening torques should be observed for GRP flange connections. rubber element acts like a spring. As soon as the bolts are loosened,
the rubber-flange/profile sealing attempts to creep into the free space,
Important instructions for removing rubber expansion joints which can cause damage to the sealing and render the expansion joint
When removing rubber expansion joints for revisions or conversion, unusable.
ensure that the bolts are loosened crosswise, as during fitting.

Tightening torque plan

113
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Table 1 Flange bolt tightening torques for Types 40, 42, 58 and 59

DN Step 1 Step 2 Step 3


PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 ASA 150 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 ASA 150 PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 ASA 150
Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
200 34 54 37 57 67 107 74 114 100 160 110 170
250 30 44 57 50 61 87 114 101 90 130 170 150
300 47 50 70 74 94 101 141 147 140 150 210 220
350 57 47 64 97 114 94 127 194 170 140 190 290
400 47 67 87 87 94 134 174 174 140 200 260 260
450 54 60 84 100 107 121 167 201 160 180 250 300
500 47 67 117 94 94 134 234 187 140 200 350 280
550 114 227 340
600 70 97 174 134 141 194 347 267 210 290 520 400
650 124 247 370
700 67 104 134 117 134 207 267 234 200 310 400 350
750 134 267 400
800 97 144 180 200 194 287 361 401 290 430 540 600
850 190 381 570
900 110 137 170 204 221 274 341 407 330 410 510 610
950 240 481 720
1000 104 180 240 220 207 361 481 441 310 540 720 660
1050 244 487 730
1100 137 187 320 230 274 374 641 461 410 560 960 690
1150 244 487 730
1200 144 230 324 234 287 461 647 467 430 690 970 700
1250 284 567 850
1300 190 284 307 297 381 567 614 594 570 850 920 890
1350 324 647 970
1400 190 280 330 317 381 561 661 634 570 840 990 950
1450 350 701 1050
1500 204 384 450 320 407 767 901 641 610 1150 1350 960
1600 194 400 467 387 801 934 580 1200 1400
1650 400 801 1200
1700 234 384 450 467 767 901 700 1150 1350
1800 230 400 467 384 461 801 934 767 690 1200 1400 1150
1900 277 384 584 554 767 1167 830 1150 1750
1950 467 934 1400
2000 280 417 567 561 834 1134 840 1250 1700
2100 307 517 0 534 614 1034 1067 920 1550 1600
2200 297 517 600 594 1034 1201 890 1550 1800
2250 517 1034 1550
2400 314 550 634 667 627 1101 1267 1334 940 1650 1900 2000
2500 384 567 600 767 1134 1201 1150 1700 1800
2550 800 1601 2400
2600 400 550 634 801 1101 1267 1200 1650 1900
2700 884 1767 2650
2800 417 600 834 1201 1250 1800
2850 1034 2067 3100
3000 567 934 1367 1134 1867 2734 1700 2800 4100

Important
note The tightening torques for flange bolts provided in the table offer a specific surface pressure based on the entire
sealing surface for solid rubber flanges or the sealing bead in the case of rotatable flanges. In the case of solid
rubber flanges, temporary settling process in the rubber flange area mean that under operating conditions the
surface pressure falls to around 50% of the final value (Step III).

The residual effective gripping and sealing force is completely sufficient and suitable for test pressures
up to 1.5 times the operating pressure.

Warning: The stipulated max. tightening torque may not be substantially exceeded, as increased pressure
loading on the flow in the elastomer progresses constantly and leads to destruction (crushing).

114
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Table 2: Bolt tightening torques for Types 48, 49, 50, 51, 53, 55, 56 and 65

DN Step 1 Step 2 Step 3


for all for all PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 ASA 150
Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
25 by hand 50 60 80 80 80 80
32 by hand 50 60 80 80 80 80
40 by hand 50 60 80 80 80 80
50 by hand 50 60 80 80 80 80
65 by hand 50 60 80 80 80 80
80 by hand 50 60 80 80 80 80
100 by hand 50 80 100 100 100 100
125 by hand 50 80 100 100 100 100
150 by hand 50 80 100 100 100 100
175 by hand 50 90 100 100 100 100
200 by hand 50 90 100 100 100 100
250 by hand 50 90 100 100 110 100
300 by hand 50 100 110 110 110 100
350 by hand 50 120 130 135 165 110
400 by hand 50 120 140 155 200 140
450 by hand 50 140 145 165 200 145
500 by hand 50 120 145 170 200 145
600 by hand 100 185 210 255 280 210
700 by hand 100 200 225 300 300 230
800 by hand 100 235 300 360 410 300
900 by hand 100 235 300 360 415 300
1000 by hand 100 300 360 425 525 360

Warning: Refer to the tightening scheme!

Table 3: Bolt tightening torques for Type 80

DN PN 10 PN 25
Bolts Torque Bolts Torque
Quantity Thread Nm Quantity Thread Nm
20 4 M12 10 4 M12 10
25 4 M12 20 4 M12 20
32 4 M16 30 4 M16 30
40 4 M16 40 4 M16 40
50 4 M16 50 4 M16 50
65 8 M16 70 8 M16 40
80 8 M16 40 8 M16 40
100 8 M16 40 8 M20 50
125 8 M16 50 8 M24 80
150 8 M20 60 8 M24 90
200 8 M20 90 12 M24 100
250 12 M20 60 12 M27 120
300 12 M20 70 - - -
350 16 M20 110 - - -
400 16 M24 160 - - -
500 20 M24 180 - - -
600 20 M27 240 - - -
700 24 M27 260 - - -

Warning: Refer to the tightening scheme!

115
WILLBRANDT Planning, fitting and maintenance instructions for
rubber expansion joints with rotatable flanges or solid flanges

Threaded bolts and hexagonal nuts for fastening counter flanges to welding neck flanges
according to DIN 1092-1 Type 11 for Types 50, 51, 55 and 39 (with perforations)

DN PN 6 PN 10 PN 16
Quantity Size Length Quantity Size Length Quantity Size Length
mm mm mm
20 8 M10 45 8 M12 55 8 M12 55
25 8 M12 50 8 M12 55 8 M12 55
32 8 M12 50 8 M16 55 8 M16 60
40 8 M12 50 8 M16 55 8 M16 60
50 8 M12 50 8 M16 60 8 M16 60
65 8 M12 50 16 M16 60 16 M16 60
80 8 M16 60 16 M16 65 16 M16 65
100 8 M16 60 16 M16 65 16 M16 65
125 16 M16 60 16 M16 65 16 M16 70
150 16 M16 65 16 M20 75 16 M20 75
200 16 M16 70 16 M20 80 24 M20 75
250 24 M20 75 24 M20 80 24 M24 85
300 24 M20 75 24 M20 80 24 M24 90
350 24 M20 75 32 M20 80 32 M24 90
400 32 M32 80 32 M24 90 32 M27 100
450 32 M32 85 40 M24 100 40 M27 110
500 40 M40 90 40 M24 100 40 M30 110
600 40 M40 90 40 M27 100 40 M33 120
700 48 M10 100 48 M27 110 48 M33 120
800 48 M27 110 48 M30 120 48 M36 130
900 48 M27 110 56 M30 120 56 M36 130
1000 56 M27 110 56 M33 120 56 M39 140
1 set = ISO 4017 hexagonal bolts + ISO 4032 hexagonal nuts + ISO 7089 U-washers

Warning: Refer to the tightening scheme!

116
WILLBRANDT Pressure Units

Absolute and relative atmospheric pressure

In everyday use, pressure is often measured with reference to atmosphe- The unit "bara" or "bar(a) is used for absolute pressure.
ric pressure, i.e. when someone says their car tyres have a pressure of
Relative pressures is given in the unit "barg" (bar gauge [manometer])
2.3 bar, they are actually 3.3 bar, but 2.3 bar above atmospheric pressure
or "barü" (bar over atmospheric pressure).
(approx. 1 bar). So 2.3 bar relative atmosphere is the same as 3.3 bar
absolute atmosphere.

Unit symbol Unit name Pa = N/m2 bar m WS Torr = mm Hg Ibf/in2 in Hg

1 Pa = 1 N/m2 Pascal 1 0.00001 0.0001 0.0075 0.00014 0.000295

1 bar bar 100000 1 10.1972 750.062 14.5037 29.53

1 kp/m2 = 1 mm WC millimetre water column 9.80665 - 0.001 0.07356 0.00142 0.0029

1 m WC metre water column 9806.65 0.09807 1 73.5559 1.42233 2.8959

1 kp/cm2 = 1 at technical atmosphere 98066.5 0.98067 10 735.559 14.2233 28.959

1 atm physical atmosphere 101325 1.01325 10.3323 760 14.696 29.9213

1 Torr = 1 mm Hg millimetre of mercury 133.322 0.00133 0.013595 1 0.01934 0.03937

1 lbf/in2 pound-force per square inch 6894.76 0.06895 0.70307 51.7149 1 2.03602

1 lbf/ft2 pound-force per square foot 47.8803 0.00048 0.00488 0.35913 0.00694 0.01414

1 in Hg inch of mercury 3386.39 0.03386 0.34532 25.4 0.49115 1

117
WILLBRANDT Rubber Bellow Sealing Profile for Expansion Joints
with Swivelling Flanges

When selecting a counter flange it is important to ensure that the internal internal diameter is larger, it is necessary to use a blank gasket
diameter only exceeds measurement B (rubber bellow) by 2 mm. If the (see fitting example EB 16 D).

Type 49
Type 50
Type 51
Type 55 (E)
Type 55 (S)

DN for Types 50 and 55 (E) for Types 49, 51 and 55 (S)


C1 B1 A1 A1/pressure C2 (Type 51/55) C2 (Type 49) B2 A2 A2/pressure
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 66 37 28.5 30 - - - - -
25 66 37 28.5 30 - - - - -
32 66 37 28.5 30 79 79 42 35 37
40 74 42 36.0 39 79 79 42 35 37
50 86 55 45.0 48 88 89 57 45 47
65 106 71 60.5 64 104 104 69 59 61
80 118 81 74.0 77 119 119 86 75 77
100 138 106 94.0 98 142 142 110 98 100
125 166 132 121.0 125 169 169 137 125 127
150 192 160 147.0 151 195 195 164 149 151
175 252 213 202.0 206 - - 200 197 200
200 252 213 202.0 206 244 245 200 197 200
250 304 257 250.0 254 295 295 256 252 255
300 354 309 300.0 304 351 345 304 299 302
350 412 350 330.0 340 400 396 358 354 357
400 470 414 404.0 408 450 450 405 402 405
450 520 445 445.0 450 512 - - - -
500 570 514 504.0 508 563 550 508 504 507
600 675 611 603.0 607 675 - - - -
700 780 708 680.0 695 - - - - -
750 820 758 751.0 755 - - - - -
800 887 813 801.0 805 - - - - -
900 987 907 897.0 900 - - - - -
1000 1087 1007 997.0 1000 - - - - -

WILLBRANDT Tolerances According to the FSA Handbook for Handmade


Expansion Joints Types 39, 40, 42, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63 and 64
DN Internal External Pitch circle Hole diameter Overall length Flange thickness Flange hole
dimension flange diameter alignment
dimension ≤ 150 ≤ 300 ≤ 600 > 600 ≤ 10 ≤ 15 >15 L ≤ 350 LF ≤ 350
≤ 550 ±5 ±6 ±5 ±2 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±1.0 % ±2 ±3 ±4 ±3 ±5
> 550 - ≤ 1150 ±10 ±13 ±5 ±2 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±1.0 % ±2 ±3 ±4 ±3 ±5
> 1150 - ≤ 1750 ±10/-12 ±19/-13 ±6 ±2 ±6 ±10 ±10 ±1.5 % ±2 ±4 ±4 ±4 ±6
> 1750 ±10/-16 ±25/-14 ±6 ±2 ±6 ±10 ±10 ±1.5 % ±2 ±4 ±4 ±4 ±6

118
WILLBRANDT Flange Connection
Dimensions

Flange table
DN PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25
ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød
Inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 90 65 4 11 105 75 4 14 105 75 4 14 105 75 4 14
25 1 100 75 4 11 115 85 4 14 115 85 4 14 115 85 4 14
32 1¼ 120 90 4 14 140 100 4 18 140 100 4 18 140 100 4 18
40 1½ 130 100 4 14 150 110 4 18 150 110 4 18 150 110 4 18
50 2 140 110 4 14 165 125 4 18 165 125 4 18 165 125 4 18
65 2½ 160 130 4 14 185 145 8 18 185 145 8 18 185 145 8 18
80 3 190 150 4 18 200 160 8 18 200 160 8 18 200 160 8 18
100 4 210 170 4 18 220 180 8 18 220 180 8 18 235 190 8 22
125 5 240 200 8 18 250 210 8 18 250 210 8 18 270 220 8 26
150 6 265 225 8 18 285 240 8 22 285 240 8 22 300 250 8 26
175 7 295 255 8 18 315 270 8 22 315 270 8 22 330 280 12 26
200 8 320 280 8 18 340 295 8 22 340 295 12 22 360 310 12 26
250 10 375 335 12 18 395 350 12 22 405 355 12 26 425 370 12 30
300 12 440 395 12 22 445 400 12 22 460 410 12 26 485 430 16 30
350 14 490 445 12 22 505 460 16 22 520 470 16 26 555 490 16 33
400 16 540 495 16 22 565 515 16 26 580 525 16 30 620 550 16 36
450 18 595 550 16 22 615 565 20 26 640 585 20 30 670 600 20 36
500 20 645 600 20 22 670 620 20 26 715 650 20 33 730 660 20 36
600 24 755 705 20 26 780 725 20 30 840 770 20 36 845 770 20 39
700 28 860 810 24 26 895 840 24 30 910 840 24 36 960 875 24 42
800 32 975 920 24 30 1015 950 24 33 1025 950 24 39 1085 990 24 48
900 36 1075 1020 24 30 1115 1050 28 33 1125 1050 28 39 1185 1090 28 48
1000 40 1175 1120 28 30 1230 1160 28 36 1255 1170 28 42 1320 1210 28 56
1200 48 1405 1340 32 33 1455 1380 32 39 1485 1390 32 48 - - - -
1300 52 1520 1450 32 36 1565 1485 32 42 1585 1490 36 48 - - - -
1400 56 1630 1560 36 36 1675 1590 36 42 1685 1590 36 48 - - - -
1500 60 1730 1660 36 36 1795 1705 36 48 1810 1705 36 56 - - - -
1600 - 1830 1760 40 36 1915 1820 40 48 1930 1820 40 56 - - - -
1700 - 1940 1865 40 39 2015 1920 44 48 2030 1920 44 56 - - - -
1800 72 2045 1970 44 39 2115 2020 44 48 2130 2020 44 56 - - - -
1900 - 2155 2075 44 42 2220 2125 48 48 2240 2125 44 62 - - - -
2000 - 2265 2180 48 42 2325 2230 48 48 2345 2230 48 62 - - - -
2100 84 2375 2285 48 42 2440 2335 48 56 - - - - - - - -
2200 - 2475 2390 52 42 2550 2440 52 56 2555 2440 52 62 - - - -
2400 96 2685 2600 56 42 2760 2650 56 56 2765 2650 56 62 - - - -
2500 - 2795 2705 56 48 2860 2750 56 56 2865 2750 60 62 - - - -
2600 - 2905 2810 60 48 2960 2850 60 56 2965 2850 60 62 - - - -
2800 - 3115 3020 64 48 3180 3070 64 56 - - - - - - - -
3000 120 3315 3220 68 48 3405 3290 68 62 - - - - - - - -
3200 - 3525 3430 72 48 - - - - - - - - - - - -
3400 - 3735 3640 76 48 - - - - - - - - - - - -
3600 144 3970 3860 80 56 - - - - - - - - - - - -
3800 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

119
WILLBRANDT Flange Connection
Dimensions

Flange table
DN ASME B 16.5-150 lbs ASME B 16.47 Series A 150 Ibs AWWA C207 Class D
ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød
Inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 3/4 - - - - - - - - - - - -
25 1 108.0 79.2 4 15.7 - - - - - - - -
32 1¼ 117.0 89.0 4 15.7 - - - - - - - -
40 1½ 127.0 98.4 4 15.7 - - - - - - - -
50 2 152.4 120.6 4 19.0 - - - - - - - -
65 2½ 177.8 139.7 4 19.0 - - - - - - - -
80 3 190.5 152.4 4 19.0 - - - - - - -
100 4 228.6 190.5 8 19.0 - - - - - - - -
125 5 254.0 215.9 8 22.2 - - - - - - - -
150 6 279.4 241.3 8 22.2 - - - - - - - -
- 7 311.2 269.9 8 22.2 - - - - - - - -
200 8 342.9 298.4 8 22.2 - - - - - - - -
250 10 406.4 361.9 12 25.4 - - - - - - - -
300 12 482.6 431.8 12 25.4 - - - - 482.6 431.8 12 25.4
350 14 533.4 476.2 12 28.6 - - - - 533.4 476.3 12 28.6
400 16 596.9 539.7 16 28.6 - - - - 596.9 539.8 16 28.6
450 18 635.0 577.8 16 31.8 - - - - 635.0 577.9 16 31.8
500 20 698.5 635.0 20 31.8 - - - - 698.5 635.0 20 31.8
550 22 749.3 692.2 20 34.9 - - - - 749.3 692.2 20 34.9
600 24 812.8 749.3 20 34.9 - - - - 812.8 749.3 20 34.9
650 26 - - - - 870.0 806.4 24 34.9 870.0 806.4 24 34.9
700 28 - - - - 927.1 863.6 28 34.9 927.1 863.6 28 34.9
750 30 - - - - 984.3 914.4 28 34.9 984.3 914.4 28 34.9
800 32 - - - - 1060.5 977.9 28 41.3 1060.5 977.9 28 41.3
850 34 - - - - 1111.3 1028.7 32 41.3 1111.3 1028.7 32 41.3
900 36 - - - - 1168.4 1085.8 32 41.3 1168.4 1085.9 32 41.3
950 38 - - - - 1238.3 1149.4 32 41.3 1238.3 1149.4 32 41.3
1000 40 - - - - 1289.1 1200.2 36 41.3 1289.1 1200.2 36 41.3
1050 42 - - - - 1346.2 1257.3 36 41.3 1346.2 1257.3 36 41.3
1100 44 - - - - 1403.4 1314.5 40 41.3 1403.4 1314.5 40 41.3
1150 46 - - - - 1454.2 1365.3 40 41.3 1454.2 1365.3 40 41.3
1200 48 - - - - 1511.3 1422.4 44 41.3 1511.3 1422.4 44 41.3
1250 50 - - - - 1568.5 1479.6 44 47.6 1568.5 1479.6 44 47.6
1300 52 - - - - 1625.6 1536.7 44 47.6 1625.6 1536.7 44 47.6
1350 54 - - - - 1682.7 1593.8 44 47.6 1682.7 1593.8 44 47.6
1400 56 - - - - 1746.3 1651.0 48 47.6 1746.3 1651.0 48 47.6
1450 58 - - - - 1803.4 1708.2 48 47.6 1803.4 1708.2 48 47.6
1500 60 - - - - 1854.2 1758.9 52 47.6 1854.2 1759.0 52 47.6
1650 66 - - - - - - - - -2032.0 1930.4 52 47.6
1800 72 - - - - - - - - 2197.1 2095.5 60 47.6
1950 78 - - - - - - - - 2362.2 2260.6 64 54.0
2100 84 - - - - - - - - 2533.7 2425.7 64 54.0
2250 90 - - - - - - - - 2705.1 2590.8 68 61.9
2400 96 - - - - - - - - 2876.5 2755.9 68 61.9
2550 102 - - - - - - - - 3048.0 2908.3 72 68.3
2700 108 - - - - - - - - 3219.5 3067.1 72 68.3
2850 114 - - - - - - - - 3390.9 3219.5 76 74.6
3000 120 - - - - - - - - 3562.4 3371.9 76 74.6
3150 126 - - - - - - - - 3734.0 3537.0 80 81.0
3300 132 - - - - - - - - 3905.0 3702.0 80 81.0
3450 138 - - - - - - - - 4077.0 3861.0 84 87.0
3600 144 - - - - - - - - 4248.0 4020.0 84 87.0

120
WILLBRANDT Flange Connection
Dimensions

Flange table

DN JIS B 2220 5K JIS B 2220 10K BS Table E


ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød ØD ØPCD n Ød
Inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 - 85 65 4 12 100 75 4 15 - - - -
25 - 95 75 4 12 125 90 4 19 - - - -
32 - 115 90 4 15 135 100 4 19 - - - -
40 - 120 95 4 15 140 105 4 19 - - - -
50 - 130 105 4 15 155 120 4 19 - - - -
65 - 155 130 4 15 175 140 4 19 - - - -
80 - 180 145 4 19 185 150 8 19 - - - -
90 - 190 155 4 19 195 160 8 19 - - - -
100 4 200 165 8 19 210 175 8 19 215.9 177.8 8 19.0
125 5 235 200 8 19 250 210 8 23 254.0 209.5 8 19.0
150 6 265 230 8 19 280 240 8 23 279.4 234.9 8 22.2
- 7 300 260 8 23 305 265 12 23 304.8 260.3 8 22.2
200 8 320 280 8 23 330 290 12 23 336.5 292.1 8 22.2
250 10 385 345 12 23 400 355 12 25 406.4 355.6 12 22.2
300 12 430 390 12 23 445 400 16 25 457.2 406.4 12 25.4
350 14 480 435 12 25 490 445 16 25 527.0 469.9 12 25.4
400 16 540 495 16 25 560 510 16 27 577.8 520.7 12 25.4
450 18 605 555 16 25 620 565 20 27 641.3 584.2 16 25.4
500 20 655 605 20 25 675 620 20 27 704.8 641.3 16 25.4
550 22 720 665 20 27 745 680 20 33 - - - -
600 24 770 715 20 27 795 730 24 33 825.5 755.7 16 25.4
650 26 825 770 24 27 845 780 24 33 870.0 806.4 24 34.9
700 28 875 820 24 27 905 840 24 33 927.1 863.6 28 34.9
750 30 945 880 24 33 970 900 24 33 984.3 914.4 28 34.9
800 32 995 930 24 33 1020 950 28 33 1060.5 977.9 28 41.3
850 34 1045 980 24 33 1070 1000 28 33 1111.3 1028.7 32 41.3
900 36 1095 1030 24 33 1120 1050 28 33 1168.4 1085.8 32 41.3
950 38 - - - - - - - - 1238.3 1149.4 32 41.3
1000 40 1195 1130 28 33 1235 1160 28 39 1289.1 1200.2 36 41.3
1050 42 - - - - - - - - 1346.2 1257.3 36 41.3
1100 44 1305 1240 28 33 1345 1270 28 39 1403.4 1314.5 40 41.3
1150 46 - - - - - - - - 1454.2 1365.3 40 41.3
1200 48 1420 1350 32 33 1465 1380 32 39 1511.3 1422.4 44 41.3
1250 50 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1300 52 - - - - - - - - - - -
1350 54 1575 1505 32 33 1630 1540 36 45 - - - -
1400 56 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1450 58 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1500 60 1730 1660 36 33 1795 1700 40 45 - - - -

121
WILLBRANDT Pressure Loss in Low-Corrugated Bellow Expansion Joint

Types 39, 46, 50, 51, 53, and 55 for a liquid with a viscosity of 1 mm2
(Englergrad)
Pressure drop [bar]

Flow rate [I/min]

122
WILLBRANDT Movement Diagram for Combined Movement Absorption
(axial and lateral)

The rhombus below illustrates how a permissible combination of Example:


movement absorption can be represented for expansion joints.
For movement of -20 mm and +15 mm axially, the expansion joint
The combination of lateral and axial movement may result in a can absorb another +/-15 mm laterally.
maximum of 100 % utilisation for the expansion joint as a whole.
This rhombus can be used for all nominal diameters and sizes if the
The combined movements must fit into the rhombus as a rectangle.
corresponding permissible maximum values for the expansion joint
are plotted in the rhombus.

lateral +mm

axial -20 mm 30 axial +15 mm

20

lateral +15 mm
10

axial -mm axial +mm


-40 -30 -20 -10 10 20 30

-10
lateral -15 mm

-20
Maximum movement

max. axial: +30/-40 mm -30

max. lateral: +/-30 mm lateral -mm

Any combination of movements can be found in this diagram.

The combined current movements must fit into the rhombus as a rectangle.

Example: axial -20 mm

lateral max. +/-15 mm


axial +15 mm

123
WILLBRANDT KG
Schnackenburgallee 180
22525 Hamburg
Germany
Phone +49 (0) 40 540093-0
Fax +49 (0) 40 540093-47
eMail [email protected]

Subsidiary Hannover
Reinhold-Schleese-Straße 22
30179 Hannover
Germany
Phone +49 (0) 511 99046-0
Fax +49 (0) 511 99046-30
eMail [email protected]

Subsidiary Berlin
Breitenbachstraße 7 - 9
13509 Berlin
Germany
Phone +49 (0) 30 435502-25
Fax +49 (0) 30 435502-20
eMail [email protected]

WILLBRANDT Gummiteknik A/S


Finlandsgade 29
4690 Haslev
Denmark
Phone +45 56870164
Fax +45 56872208
eMail [email protected]
web www.willbrandt.dk

WILLBRANDT SARLU
621, avenue Blaise Pascal
77550 Moissy Cramayel
France
Phone +33 (0) 1 85 51 31 60
Fax +33 (0) 1 85 51 03 21
Vibration Technology eMail [email protected]
Expansion Joints web www.willbrandt.fr
Noise Protection Systems
258-1-05/18-WMD

Profiles and Moulded Parts


Power Transmission Elements
Special Sealings
Rubber for Ship and Harbour www.willbrandt.com

You might also like